Pressure and Flow 2016 – 2017
Pressure and Flow As the name suggests, here we focus on components that measure and control the pressure and flow of liquids and gases. The application areas are wide but include mobile hydraulics, water treatment, chemical industry, cooling systems etc. • • • • •
Connector systems Flow switches, meters & indicators Force measuring products Level switches & sensors Pressure & vacuum gauges
The Pressure and Flow team in training Neil Bailey – Business area manager (standing)
• • • •
Pressure & vacuum switches Pressure & vacuum sensors Solenoid valves Temperature transducers & gauges
Introduction 2 Pressure switches
8
Pressure sensors
32
Pressure gauges
62
Solenoid valves
74
Temperature 88 Industrial connectors
98
Flow instruments
110
Level switches & sensors
128
Technical reference
148
Excellence in Automation OEM Automatic UK markets and sells components for industrial automation, currently representing approximately 50 leading suppliers and acting as their local sales organisation in the UK. Customers come from all sectors of industrial automation and include machine builders, control panel builders, system integrators and selected strategic distributors. Value added link OEM offers a unique and extensive range of products from leading manufacturers
Supplier
Together with an efficient logistics process and added value workshop, we help customers reduce the number of their suppliers. In order to support our sales process we have a local team of product specialists and sales/ marketing staff. This means we offer a high level of service to our customers. To become a competent and effective partner to our customers we have divided our product range into specialised business areas. In this way we combine the
Customer
advantage of being specialised in small areas with the benefits of being part of a large organisation. Being a partner with OEM Automatic means you have access to our unique broad product range but in a specialised organisation. With our ability to see the whole value chain and total costs we aim to improve your competitive advantage and profitability. Our ambition is to make it easier for you to find the best and most cost-efficient solutions.
Specialised organisation 4 business areas – 1 partner
Panel
Machine & Safety
Pressure & Flow
Motors
Electrical components for inside and outside control panels
Sensors, encoders, cable systems and machine safety components
To measure & control pressure, flow & level of liquids and gases
AC/DC motors, geared motors, electronic drives & linear solutions
2
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
A strategic partnership OEM Automatic UK is part of the OEM International group whose headquarters are in Tranas, Sweden. The companies within this group are leading suppliers of components and systems for industrial automation in the Nordic region, UK and Eastern Europe. FACTS: OEM Automatic UK • Founded in 1989 • Turnover 2014 approx £10M • More than 2000 customers • More than 50 suppliers
Turku
Drammen Parnu
Tranas Riga
Panevezys
Allerød
Leicester Warsaw
Prague Trnava
Budapest
Richard Armstrong Managing Director
Always close to the customer Our head office and stock is located in Whetstone just south of Leicester so we are in an ideal central location to be as close as possible to our customers. Each of our sales engineers works with a limited range of products and this enables them to become experts in their field. They are available to visit customers at short notice to discuss and advise on technical or commercial issues. Competent sales and product staff
Customer support
Because of our specialised business areas all of our sales staff are experts in their particular field. This enables them to really understand the products and applications and assist customers on site with selecting the right product. A program of training with our suppliers runs throughout the year so they are always updated with the latest innovations and product knowledge. Our product specialists and product managers have the deepest knowledge of the products and are responsible for product range development and day to day contact with our suppliers. They also provide technical support for sales and customer support staff.
Customer support are there to offer a fast and efficient service to our customers when placing orders, checking delivery times/order status etc. They are in close contact with our product specialists who can answer technical queries and application specific questions. They should also be your first point of contact for product return questions.
Efficient logistics Our warehouse in Whetstone aims to despatch all orders the same day if received before 16.30. Our warehouse personnel are responsible for despatching more than 25,000 orders per year and we are proud of our ability to get products to our customers safely and on time. We currently hold more than 8000 articles in stock so our customers can get standard products delivered the next day.
We are available from 08.30 until 17.00 Phone: 0116 2849900 – Fax: 0116 2841721 Web: www.oem.co.uk – Email: orders@uk.oem.se
Product information At www.oem.co.uk you will find full and detailed product information in our on-line catalogue. From this you have all the technical information and ordering codes and you can download PDF files if you wish. To support the information on the website each business area produces its own printed catalogue which is available on request. Three times per year we publish our customer magazine ‘Inside Automation’ which we mail to more than 15,000 contacts. It contains new product information, special offers and company news.
All orders received before 16.30 will be despatched same day
Keeping you informed issue 3 2013
New fuse terminals from Contaclip page 5
Product catalogues and brochures
The NEW XC-Series worm geared motors
High speed barcode reading page 7
page 11
Each business area has its own dedicated product catalogue and brochures containing full technical information – an effective tool for our sales team and a helpful guide for you. Pages can be downloaded from our website: www.oem.co.uk
Customer magazine Issued three times a year Inside Automation features the latest products and is focused on technical articles and applications.
Clear marketing communication Our trade magazine adverts and advertorials make product selection easy and is an effective aid to sales. The information alerts you to our new and current range.
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
5
Added value We offer an ‘added value’ service to our customers in addition to our standard off the shelf products. Below are just a few examples of what we can offer. • Pressure switch setting • Pressure switch and sensor testing • Custom product labelling • Product bagging service with customer specific bar code, part number and logo printing • Product specific cabling • DIN connector tag printing
DIN connector tag printing
Pressure switch and sensor testing
6
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Our suppliers SUCO. Robert Scheuffele GmbH & Co. KG Product range consists of mechanical piston and diaphragm Pressure Switches, Vacuum Switches, Electronic Pressure Switches and Pressure Transmitters.
A leading manufacturer of measuring technology products. This includes Force, Pressure, Temperature and Pressure Switches.
Honsberg Instruments manufacture a leading range of measuring instruments for Flow, Temperature and Level.
Val.co Srl specialises in the design and production of liquid-level, flow and temperature instrumentation. As a leading provider of electronic components and solutions, Molex manufacture DIN connectors, from the standard DIN ranges to custom cordsets and connectors with circuits to the new IP67 DIN range with integral gasket and external threaded gland.
Develop, manufacture and market, both standard and customer specific solenoid and pressure operated valves.
The company specialises in the manufacture of general purpose solenoid valves, “total isolation (DRY)” and “pinch” versions and micro solenoid valves.
ESI manufacture Pressure Sensors offering Silicon-on-Sapphire technology developed by ESI gives superior performance and combined with a titanium diaphragm and all titanium wetted parts provides excellent physical and chemical resistance.
Offer a full range of process measurement technologies including Sensors for Temperature, Pressure, Flow and Liquid analysis.
Manufacture and market a range of hand held measuring devices including. Temperature, Humidity, pH, Redox, CO, O2 and Flow. For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
7
Pressure switches
8
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Introduction to mechanical pressure switches
10
Mechanical pressure switches
12
Pressure switch PLUS
23
Electronic pressure switches
24
Vacuum pressure switches
27
Differential pressure switches
29
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
9
Pressure switches Introduction to mechanical pressure switches Introduction to pressure switches OEM Automatic offer a comprehensive range of mechanical, electronic and differential pressure switches including vacuum designed for monitoring liquids or gaseous media. Most of the pressure switch range is available pre-set or adjustable on site and covers options varying from -40 up to +120°C.
Vacuum pressure switches Based on a diaphragm for measuring the applied pressure/ vacuum and offering adjustment ranges of -0.9 up to +1 bar. Versions rated up to 250V are available with various body materials, switching options and thread connections. Differential pressure switches (mechanical & electronic) Mechanical and electronic differential switches using diaphragm or piston for the measuring element with adjustment options from 0.06 up to 50 bar. Adjustable switch point on site and options for wall mountable and an LED display.
Mechanical pressure switches Diaphragm and piston measuring options offering adjustment ranges from 0.1 up to 400 bar. Available to suit up to 250V in brass, zinc plated steel and stainless steel versions with various electrical connector options. Electronic pressure switches Measuring elements include thick film and SoS technology deriving from pressure sensors and also diaphragm. Offering adjustment ranges from -1 up to 700 bar, the advantage of the electronic pressure switches is the wide hysteresis band and the options to include an analogue output.
7
6
7
3
5 4
2a 1
Diaphragm pressure switch Normally open SPST
6 5 4
10 9 8
3 2b
Piston pressure switch Normally closed SPST
4 Change over SPDT
KEY (1) Pressure port (2a) Diaphragm (2b) Pistons (3) Pressure spring (4) Plunger (5) Contact disc (6) Counter-contact (7) Adjustment screw (8) NC (9) Swivel contact (10) NO
10 PRESSURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure switches
Seal materials It is essential that the correct seal material is used with the media in the pressure switch application and this is selected based on its chemical resistance. The temperature range only becomes a selection criteria when different sealing materials are suitable for the media.
Hysteresis The hysteresis relates to the difference between the rising and falling pressure switch points. Some of our pressure switch range offers an adjustable hysteresis and others do not.
NBR (buna) The most common seal material used and used widely through hydraulic oil applications with optional H-NBR which is optimised for bio-oil applications. EPDM The solution for most brake fluid and oxygen applications with optional W270 option for drinking water applications. FKM The choice for hydraulic fluids or where a good chemical resistance is required.
Conversion table for pressure units
ECO This is used in Suco vacuum switches and is similar to NBR in terms of chemical resistance.
PSI
Bar
mbar
KPa
1
0.690
68.947
6.895
Silicone The Suco silicone diaphragm is FDA approved and designed for pressure ranges below 10 bar with an overpressure safety of 35 bar.
Medium compatibility
The compatibility information contained in this catalogue is only a guide and testing of media with the mentioned seals is the responsibility of the user. Standard piston switches are not suitable for water applications inluding stainless steel versions. This also applies to stainless steel versions with EPDM seals. Please contact us in such applications.
The sealing materials mentioned above are not suitable for saturated or superheated steam applications. Gaseous media applications place particular demands on leak-tightness however this is dependent on the gaseous medium, the working pressure and the permeability of the seal used.
Oxygen warning! When using oxygen, the relevant safety regulations must be observed. In addition, we recommend that a maximum operating pressure of 10 bar (zinc-plated switches), 35 bar (brass switches) and 50 bar (stainless steel switches) must not be exceeded.
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SWITCHES 11
Pressure switches 42 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 24 Type 0166/0169
Technical data 42 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 5 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range up to 150 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar
Zinc-plated steel
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Zinc plated steel body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
-40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM FKM
-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Part number Diaphragm pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0166 403 03
011
0,1…1
(±0.2 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
0166 404 03
015
0,1…1
(±0.2 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0166 423 03
070
0,5…3
(±0.3 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
0166 424 03
070
0,5…3
(±0.3 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0166 407 03
027
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
0166 408 03
031
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0166 411 03
043
10…20
(±1.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
0166 412 03
047
10…20
(±1.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0166 415 03
059
20…50
(±2.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
0166 416 03
063
20…50
(±2.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0169 419 03
011
50…150
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Normally open
0169 420 03
015
50…150
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Normally closed
1 NBRHydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
42 V diaphragm pressure switch
Technical data
Hex 24 Type 0164
42 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 5 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303
Body material
• Adjustment range up to 50 bar
200/min
Switching frequency
• Pmax up to 600 bar
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Stainless steel body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
-40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM
-30 °C…+120°C
FKM
(Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Part number Spade terminals
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0164 403 41
003
0,1…1
(±0.2 bar)
600
G 1/4 E
Diaphragm
Normally open
0164 404 41
004
0,1…1
(±0.2 bar)
600
G 1/4 E
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0164 423 41
070
0,5…3
(±0.3 bar)
600
G 1/4 E
Diaphragm
Normally open
0164 424 41
070
0,5…3
(±0.3 bar)
600
G 1/4 E
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0164 407 41
007
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
600
G 1/4 E
Diaphragm
Normally open
0164 408 41
008
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
600
G 1/4 E
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0164 411 41
011
10…20
(±1.0 bar)
600
G 1/4 E
Diaphragm
Normally open
0164 412 41
012
10…20
(±1.0 bar)
600
G 1/4 E
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0164 415 41
015
20…50
(±2.0 bar)
600
G 1/4 E
Diaphragm
Normally open
0164 416 41
016
20…50
(±2.0 bar)
600
G 1/4 E
Diaphragm
Normally closed
1 NBRHydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
12 PRESSURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure switches 42 V diaphragm pressure switch
Technical data
Hex 24 Type 0167
42 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 5 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
Brass
Body material
• Adjustment range up to 20 bar
200/min
Switching frequency
• Pmax up to 35 bar
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Brass body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
-40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM
-30 °C… +120 °C
FKM
-5 °C… +120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Part number Spade terminals
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0167 403 03
039
0,1…1
(±0.2 bar)
35
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
0167 404 03
040
0,1…1
(±0.2 bar)
35
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0167 423 03
070
0,5…3
(±0.3 bar)
35
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
0167 424 03
043
0,5…3
(±0.3 bar)
35
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0167 407 03
043
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
35
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
0167 408 03
044
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
35
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
0167 411 03
047
10…20
(±1.0 bar)
35
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
0167 412 03
048
10…20
(±1.0 bar)
35
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
Accessories: fitted rubber cap Suitable for voltages up to 42 V
1166621003
1166621010
Part number
Cable
Cable diameter mm
Suitable for voltages up to
Protection
1166621003
Double
1.7 – 2.2
42 V
IP54 (switch fitted with cap)
1166621010
Single
1.5 – 5
42 V
IP54 (switch fitted with cap)
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SWITCHES 13
Pressure switches 42 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 24 Type 01XX
Technical data 42 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 5 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
Zinc-plated steel
Body material
• Adjustment range up to 150 bar
200/min
Switching frequency
• Pmax up to 600 bar
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Zinc plated steel body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
-40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM FKM
-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 2
0 1 1 4
0 1 1 6
0 1 1 8
0 1 2 0
0 1 2 2
Deutsch DT04-2P
AMP Superseal
Packard MetriPack 280
Deutsch DT04-3P (A+B)
AMP Junior Timer
Bayonet DIN72585 A1-2-1
M12x1DIN EN 61076-2-D (1 + 3)
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Part number
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
403 03
011
0,1…1
(±0.2 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
404 03
015
0,1…1
(±0.2 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
423 03
070
0,5…3
(±0.3 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
424 03
070
0,5…3
(±0.3 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
407 03
027
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
408 03
031
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
411 03
043
10…20
(±1.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
412 03
047
10…20
(±1.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
415 03
059
20…50
(±2.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally open
416 03
063
20…50
(±2.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Normally closed
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
0 1 1 1
0 1 1 3
0 1 1 5
0 1 1 7
0 1 1 9
0 1 2 1
0 1 2 3
Deutsch DT04-2P
AMP Superseal
Packard MetriPack 280
Deutsch DT04-3P (A+B)
AMP Junior Timer
Bayonet DIN72585 A1-2.1
M12x1DIN EN 61076-2-D (1 + 3)
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Piston pressure switch 419 03
011
50…150
420 03
015
50…150
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
(±5 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Normally open
(±5 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Normally closed
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
14 PRESSURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0140/0141
Technical data 250 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range up to 150 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar
Zinc-plated steel
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Zinc plated steel body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
-40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM FKM
-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
(±0.2 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
10…20
(±1.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
012
20…50
(±2.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
003
50…150
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Change over
Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
0140 457 03
003
0,3…1,5
0140 458 03
006
1…10
0140 459 03
009
0140 461 03 0141 460 03
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
Technical data
42 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0170/0171
42 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 10 – 30% of switch point
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range up to 200 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar
Zinc-plated steel
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Zinc plated steel body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
Overpressure safety up to 100 bar -30 °C…+100 °C Overpressure safety up to 300 bar -40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM FKM
-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C… +20 °C/(Piston) -10 °C… +120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0170 457 03
003
0,3…1,5
(±0.2 bar)
100
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0170 458 03
042
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0170 459 03
009
10…50
(±3.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
012
10…100
(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
003
50…200
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Change over
0170 461 03 0171 460 03
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SWITCHES 15
Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0180/0181/0183
Technical data 250 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 10 – 30% of switch point
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range up to 400 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar
Zinc-plated steel
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Zinc plated steel body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
Overpressure safety up to 100 bar -30 °C…+100 °C Overpressure safety up to 300 bar -40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM FKM
-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0180 457 03
003
0,3…1,5
(±0.2 bar)
100
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0180 458 03
042
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0180 459 03
009
10…50
(±3.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0180 461 03
012
10…100
(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0181 460 03
003
50…200
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Change over
0183 462 45
051
100…300
(±10.0 bar)
600
M 14 x 1.5
Piston
Change over
0183 463 45
061
200…400
(±10.0 bar)
600
M 14 x 1.5
Piston
Change over
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0186/0187 (stainless steel)
Technical data 250 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 10 – 30% of switch point
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range up to 200 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar
Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Stainless steel body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
-40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM
-30 °C…+120 °C
FKM
(Diaphragm) -5 °C… +20 °C /(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0186 457 03
003
0,5…5,0
(±0.3 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0186 458 03
006
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0186 459 03
009
10…50
(±3.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
012
10…100
(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
003
50…200
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Change over
0186 461 03 0187 460 03
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
16 PRESSURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0184/0185
Technical data 250 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 10 – 30% of switch point
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range up to 200 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar
Zinc-plated steel
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Zinc plated body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
Overpressure safety up to 100 bar -30 °C…+100 °C Overpressure safety up to 300 bar -40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM FKM
-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C… +120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C… +120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0184 457 03
003
0,3…1,5
(±0.2 bar)
100
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0184 458 03
042
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0184 459 03
009
10…50
(±3.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0184 461 03
012
10…100
(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0185 460 03
003
50…200
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Change over
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0184/0185 (stainless steel)
Technical data 250 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 10 – 30% of switch point
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range up to 200 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar
Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Stainless steel body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
Overpressure safety up to 100 bar -30 °C…+100 °C Overpressure safety up to 300 bar -40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM
• Gold contacts
FKM
-30 °C to +120°C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Part number Stainless steel diaphragm/piston pressure switch with coupler socket
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0184 457 03
486
0,5…5,0
(±0.3 bar)
100
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0184 458 03
486
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0184 459 03
486
10…50
(±3.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0184 461 03
486
10…100
(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0185 460 03
486
50…200
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Change over
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SWITCHES 17
Pressure switches Accessories
Rubber cap, socket device and thread adapter
Rubber protective cap 1170621007
Socket connector 1180652002
Thread adapter 1183420006
Description
Part number
Connection
Cable diameter mm
Suitable for voltages up to
Protection
Rubber protective cap
1170621007
Double cable
1.7 – 2.2
42 V
IP54 with fitted cap
Socket connector
1180652002
Pg 9 screw fitting
6–9
250 V
IP65 with fitted cap
Thread adpter
1183420006
M14 x 1.5 to G1/4
Hex 24
-
-
18 PRESSURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure switches 48 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 013X with integrated connector
Technical data 48 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range up to 200 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar
Zinc-plated steel
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Zinc plated
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
Overpressure safety up to 100 bar -30 °C…+100 °C Overpressure safety up to 300 bar -40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM FKM
-30 °C … +120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
TE AMP Superseal® Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0132 457 03
003
0,3…1,5
(±0.2 bar)
100
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0132 458 03
042
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0132 459 03
009
10…50
(±3.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0132 461 03
012
10…100
(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0133 460 03
003
50…200
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Change over
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
M 12 x 1 DIN EN 61076-2-101A Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
0134 457 03
003
0,3…1,5
(±0.2 bar)
100
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0134 458 03
042
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0134 459 03
009
10…50
(±3.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0134 461 03
012
10…100
(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
003
50…200
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Change over
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0135 460 03
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
Deutsch DT04-2P Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
0136 457 03
003
0,3…1,5
(±0.2 bar)
100
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0136 458 03
042
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0136 459 03
009
10…50
(±3.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0136 461 03
012
10…100
(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
003
50…200
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Change over
0137 460 03
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SWITCHES 19
Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch 30 A/F Type 0159
Technical data 250 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range up to 400 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar
Aluminium
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Aluminium body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
-40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM
• Easy adjustment
FKM
-30 °C…+120°C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
(±0.2… 0.3 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
(±0.2 …0.5 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
001
2…20
(±1.0 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
0159 430 14
001
5…50
(±3.0 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
0159 431 14
001
10…100
(±3.0…5.0 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
0159 432 14
001
10…100
(±3.0…5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4 female
Piston
Change over
0159 433 14
001
25…250
(±5.0…7.0 bar)
600
G 1/4 female
Piston
Change over
0159 434 14
001
40…400
(±5.0…9.0 bar)
600
G 1/4 female
Piston
Change over
Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
0159 426 14
001
0,2…2
0159 427 14
001
0,5…5
0159 428 14
001
0159 429 14
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
20 PRESSURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch 30 A/F Type 0161/0162
Technical data 250 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range up to 400 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar
Aluminium
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Aluminium body
Temperature range
• Available pre-set
NBR
-40 °C…+100 °C
EPDM FKM
-30 °C…+120°C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread
Type
Function
0161 436 14
001
0,5…0.1
(±0.2 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
0162 436 14
001
0,5…0.1
(±0.2 bar)
200
Manifold mounting
Diaphragm
Change over
0161 437 14
001
0,5…5
(±0.2…0.5 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
0162 437 14
001
0,5…5
(±0.2…0.5 bar)
200
Manifold mounting
Diaphragm
Change over
0161 438 14
001
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
0162 438 14
001
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
200
Manifold mounting
Diaphragm
Change over
0161 439 14
001
10…50
(±3.0 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
0162 439 14
001
10…50
(±3.0 bar)
200
Manifold mounting
Diaphragm
Change over
0161 440 14
001
50…100
(±3.0…5.0 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
0162 440 14
001
50…100
(±3.0…5.0 bar)
200
Manifold mounting
Diaphragm
Change over
0161 441 14
001
100…400
(±5.0…9.0 bar)
600
G 1/4 female
Piston
Change over
0162 441 14
001
100…400
(±5.0…9.0 bar)
600
Manifold mounting
Piston
Change over
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch ATEX Type 0165
Technical data 250 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
II 2G Ex d II C T6/T5 X (gas-protected zones 1 & 2)
Aluminium
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
• Adjustment range up to 400 bar
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy Temperature range
• Pmax up to 600 bar
NBR
• Aluminium body
-20 °C…+80 °C
EPDM
• Available pre-set
FKM
-20 °C…+80 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+80 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+80 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0165 448 14
001
1…6
(±0.5 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
0165 449 14
001
5…50
(±3.0 bar)
200
G 1/4 female
Diaphragm
Change over
0165 450 14
001
20…100
(±3.0…5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4 female
Piston
Change over
0165 452 14
001
25…250
(±5.0…7.0 bar)
600
G 1/4 female
Piston
Change over
001
100…400
(±5.0…9.0 bar)
600
G 1/4 female
Piston
Change over
0165 451 14
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SWITCHES 21
Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch ATEX Type 0340/0341
Technical data 250 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
II 3D IP65 T90°C (dust-protected zone 22)
• Adjustment range up to 150 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar
Hysterisis
Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)
Body material
Zinc-plated steel with anodised aluminium protective cap 200/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy Temperature range
• Zinc plated steel body
NBR
• Available pre-set
-20 °C…+80 °C
EPDM FKM
-20 °C…+80 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+80 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+80 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
0340 457 03
003
0,3…1,5
(±0.2 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0340 458 03
006
1…10
(±0.5…1.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0340 459 03
009
10…20
(±1.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0340 461 03
012
20…50
(±2.0 bar)
300
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
0341 460 03
003
50…150
(±5.0 bar)
600
G 1/4
Piston
Change over
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
22 PRESSURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure switches Pressure switch PLUS
Technical data
Hex 24 Type 04XX with integrated connector & supplementary functions
30 V dc
Voltage/rating
Average value 5 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
Zinc plated steel
Body material
• Adjustment range up to 150 bar
Switching frequency
• Pmax up to 600 bar
Mechanical life expectancy
• Available pre-set
Temperature range
200/min 106 cycles
NBR
• Choice of six diagnostic functions
-40 °C…+ 20 °C
EPDM
-30 °C…+ 20 °C
FKM
(Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C
HNBR
-30 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
0 4 1 0
0 4 1 2
0 4 1 4
0 4 1 6
0 4 1 8
0 4 2 4
Deutsch DT04-2P
AMP Superseal
Packard MetriPack 280
Deutsch DT04-3P (A+B)
AMP Junior Timer
M12x1DIN EN 61076-2-D (1 + 3)
Part number – NO diaphragm
Resistor Varistor NTC PTC LED Multifuse
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax
Thread
Part number – NC diaphragm
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax
Thread G 1/4
03 03
001
0,1…1
(±0.2 bar)
300 bar
G 1/4
04 03
002
0,1…1
(±0.2 bar)
300 bar
23 03
001
0,5…3
(±0.3 bar)
300 bar
G 1/4
24 03
002
0,5…3
(±0.3 bar)
300 bar
G 1/4
07 03
001
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300 bar
G 1/4
08 03
002
1…10
(±0.5 bar)
300 bar
G 1/4
11 03
001
10…20
(±1 bar)
300 bar
G 1/4
11 03
001
10…20
(±1 bar)
300 bar
G 1/4
15 03
001
20…50
(±2 bar)
300 bar
G 1/4
15 03
001
20…50
(±2 bar)
300 bar
G 1/4
R V N P L M
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
Resistor Varistor NTC PTC LED Multifuse
R V N P L M
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
0 4 1 1
0 4 1 3
0 4 1 5
0 4 1 7
0 4 1 9
0 4 2 5
Deutsch DT04-2P
AMP Superseal
Packard MetriPack 280
Deutsch DT04-3P (A+B)
AMP Junior Timer
M12x1DIN EN 61076-2-D (1 + 3)
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Part number – NO piston 19 03
Resistor Varistor NTC PTC LED Multifuse
R V N P L M
001
50…150
(±5.0 bar)
Pmax
Thread
Part number – NC piston
600 bar
G 1/4
20 03
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Resistor Varistor NTC PTC LED Multifuse
R V N P L M
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance) 002
50…150
(±5.0 bar)
Pmax
Thread
600 bar
G 1/4
1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc
PRESSURE SWITCHES 23
Pressure switches Electronic pressure switches Type S2400/S2410/S2420
Technical data 12 – 30 V dc
Supply voltage S2400 Signal
• Adjustment range -1…+700 bar • Switching and output options • Adjustable • Ceramic & thin film • NO or NC (selectable)
S2410
S2420
1 switching + 2 switching outputs 1 analogue output 4 – 20 mA PNP or NPN
Switch point adjustment range Hysterisis
2 switching + 1 analogue output 4 – 20 mA NPN
1 – 100% of span (reset 0 – 99% of span) 0.3% (ceramic coil) 0.2% (thin film cell)
Body material
Stainless steel 1.4571 and plastic
Wetted parts
Stainless steel 1.4571 (100 bar plus) Ceramic with NBR O ring (50 bar)
Temperature range
• Display
Media
-20 °C…+80 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+70 °C 107
Life expectancy Overpressure safety
5…1000 bar (depending on range)
Burst pressure
6…2400 bar (depending on range)
Part number Adjustment range (bar)
Overload limit (bar)
2 x PNP/NPN
1 x PNP/NPN 4…20mA
2 x NPN 4…20mA
-1…+2
5
S2400B101403
S2410B101003
S2420B101203
-1…+3
5
S2400B044403
S2410B044003
S2420B044203
-1…+5
10
S2400B045403
S2410B045003
S2420B045203
-1…+10
20
S2400B047403
S2410B047003
S2420B047203
0…2
5
S2400B071403
S2410B071003
S2420B071203
0…5
10
S2400B121403
S2410B121003
S2420B121203
0…10
20
S2400B075403
S2410B075003
S2420B075203
0…20
40
S2400B077403
S2410B077003
S2420B077203
0…50
100
S2400B785403
S2410B785003
S2420B785203
0…100
200
S2400B081403
S2410B081003
S2420B081203
0…160
320
S2400B082403
S2410B082003
S2420B082203
0…250
500
S2400B084403
S2410B084003
S2420B084203
0…400
800
S2400B086403
S2410B086003
S2420B086203
0…600
1000
S2400B087403
S2410B087003
S2420B087203
0…700
1000
S2400B104403
S2410B104003
S2420B104203
Electronic pressure switches Type S1100
Technical data 10 – 30 V dc
Supply voltage
5 – 100% of full scale
Switch point adjustment range
5 – 95% of full scale
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range -0,9…+25 bar • Switching options
Body material
Brass and plastic
Wetted parts
Ni and C0-alloy and brass
Temperature
• Adjustable • LED indication
Media
-20 °C…+80 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+70 °C 106
Life expectancy Overpressure safety
Part number
0.4…1200 bar (depending on type)
Burst pressure
4…1500 bar (depending on type)
Part number
Part number
Range (bar)
2 NO (PNP)
1 NO + NC (PNP)
Range (bar)
2 NO (PNP)
1 NO + NC (PNP)
Range (bar)
2 NO (PNP)
1 NO + NC (PNP)
-0,9…0,05
S1100B016602
S1100B016802
0,13…2,5
S1100B072602
S1100B072802
1,6…16
S1100B076602
S1100B076802
0,04…0,02
S1100B014602
S1100B014802
0,2…4
S1100B073602
S1100B073802
2,5…25
S1100B078602
S1100B078802
0,005…0,1
S1100B063602
S1100B063802
0,3…6
S1100B074602
S1100B074802
0,05…1
S1100B069602
S1100B069802
0,5…10
S1100B075602
S1100B075802
24 PRESSURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure switches Electronic pressure switches
Technical data
Type 05XX High performance series
9.6 – 32 V dc
Supply voltage
2 – 100% f.s.p. factory programmable
Switch point adjustment range
0.2 – 99.8% f.s.p. factory programmable (standard 5% f.s.p)
Hysterisis
• Adjustment range 0…600 bar • Switching options
Body material
Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303
Wetted parts
Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303 and titanium
Temperature
• Factory set • SoS technology
Media
-40 °C…+125 °C
Ambient
-40 °C…+100 °C 107 cycles
Life expectancy Overpressure safety
40…1650 bar (depending on type)
Burst pressure
80…2000 bar (depending on type)
Part number key Electronic pressure switch – Type
0
5
X
X
PNP-Output (High Side), normally open (NO)
3
0
PNP-Output (High Side), normally closed (NC)
3
1
NPN-Output (Low Side), normally open (NO)
3
2
NPN-Output (Low Side), normally closed (NC)
3
3
X
X
X
X
X
G 1/4 – DIN 3852-E
4
1
G 1/4 – DIN 3852-A
0
3
NPT 1/8
0
4
NPT 1/4
0
9
M 10 x 1 cyl. DIN 3852-A
1
3
7/16-20 UNF
2
0
9/16-18 UNF
2
1
M 14x1.5 - DIN 3852-E
4
2
B
X
X
X
DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included
0
0
1
M 12 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
0
0
2
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
0
0
4
AMP Superseal
0
0
7
Deutsch DT04-4P
0
0
8
Deutsch DT04-3P
0
1
0
Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)
0
1
1
Signal output
Pressure range
Max overpressure
0…10 bar
40 bar
1
0
1
0…25 bar
100 bar
2
5
1
0…100 bar
400 bar
1
0
2
0…250 bar
1000 bar
2
5
2
0…600 bar
1500 bar
6
0
2
Pressure connection
Unit of switch point – bar
B
Electrical connection (see below)
Connectors:
0 0 1 DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A)
0 0 2
0 0 4
0 0 7
0 0 8
M 12 DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
AMP Superseal
Deutsch DT04-4P
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
0 1 0
0 1 1
Deutsch DT04-3P
Cable
PRESSURE SWITCHES 25
Pressure switches Electronic pressure switches
Technical data
Type 05XX Performance series
9.6 – 32 V dc
Supply voltage
2 – 100% of adjustment range
Switch point adjustment range
1 – 98% FS
Hysterisis
Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303
Body material
• Small and compact • Adjustable versions
Wetted parts
Stainless steel 1.4305/ceramic/seal material
Temperature
NBR -30 °C…+100 °C; EPDM -30 °C…+125 °C; FKM -20 °C…+125 °C
Media
• Integrated connector options
Ambient
• Ceramic sensor
-30 °C…+100 °C 5,000,000 pulsations (at 1 bar/ms)
Life expectancy
4…20 bar (depending on type)
Overpressure safety
8…300 bar (depending on type)
Burst pressure
Part number key Electronic pressure switch…Type
X
X
NO, PNP, switching points programmed at factory
0
5
0
0
NC, PNP, switching points programmed at factory
0
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
G 1/4…DIN 3852-E
4
1
NPT 1/4
0
9
DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included
0
1
3
M 12…DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
0
0
2
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
0
0
4
AMP Superseal
0
0
7
Deutsch DT04-4P
0
0
8
Deutsch DT04-3P
0
1
0
Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)
0
1
1
X
X
X
DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included
0
1
3
M 12 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
0
0
2
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
0
0
4
AMP Superseal
0
0
7
Deutsch DT04-4P
0
0
8
Deutsch DT04-3P
0
1
0
Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)
0
1
1
Pressure range bar
Max overpressure
0…2
4 bar
2
0
0
0…4
10 bar
4
0
0
0…10
20 bar
1
0
1
0…16
40 bar
1
6
1
0…40
100 bar
4
0
1
0…100
200 bar
1
0
2
X
Pressure connection
Seal material NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air, nitrogen, etc.
1
EPDM Brake fluid, water, acetylene, hydrogen, etc.
2
FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA, HFB, HFD), petrol/gasoline, etc.
3
Electrical connection (see below)
Part number key Electronic pressure switch – Type
X
X
EDS, NOC, PNP, with switching point adjustment by potentiometer
0
5
1
0
EDS, NCC, PNP, with switching point adjustment by potentiometer
1
1
X
X
X
X
X
G 1/4 – DIN 3852-E
4
1
NPT 1/4
0
9
Pressure range bar
Max overpressure
0…2
4 bar
2
0
0
0…4
10 bar
4
0
0
0…10
20 bar
1
0
1
0…16
40 bar
1
6
1
0…40
100 bar
4
0
1
0…100
200 bar
1
0
2
X
Pressure connection
Seal material NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air, nitrogen, etc.
1
EPDM Brake fluid, water, acetylene, hydrogen, etc.
2
FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA, HFB, HFD), petrol/gasoline, etc.
3
Electrical connection (see below)
26 PRESSURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure switches 250 V vacuum pressure switch
Technical data
Type 0150 Vacuum
250 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Avg. value 50 – 150 mbar of switch point (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
Aluminium
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
• Adjustment range up to 100 – 950 mbar (rel.)
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy Temperature range
• Pmax up to 20 bar
ECO
-20 °C…+100 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
• Aluminium body • Available pre-set
Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in mbar (tolerance)
0150 456 15 4 001
100…950
(±50 mbar)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
20
G 1/8 female
Diaphragm
Change over
42 V vacuum pressure switch
Technical data
Type 0151 Vacuum
42 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
Not adjustable
Hysterisis
Brass
Body material
200/min
Switching frequency
• Adjustment range up to 200…950 mbar (rel.)
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy Temperature range
• Pmax up to 35 bar
FKM
-15 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
Ramp rate
• Brass body • Available pre-set
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
(±100 mbar)
35
G 1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally open
(±100 mbar)
35
G 1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally closed
Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch
Adjustment range in mbar (relative) (tolerance)
0151 454 15 3 001
200…950
0151 455 15 3 001
200…950
Function
Accessories: fitted rubber cap Suitable for voltages up to 42 V
1166621003
1166621010
Part number
Cable
Cable diameter mm
Suitable for voltages up to
Protection
1166621003
Double
1.7 – 2.2
42 V
IP54 (switch fitted with cap)
1166621010
Single
1.5 – 5
42 V
IP54 (switch fitted with cap)
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SWITCHES 27
Pressure switches 250 V vacuum pressure switch
Technical data
Type S4412
28 V dc & 250 V ac
Voltage/rating
Average value 0.1 – 0.3 bar (adjustable)
Hysterisis
Zinc plated steel
Body material
• Adjustment range up to -0.85…+1 bar
100/min
Switching frequency
4 x 106
Mechanical life expectancy
• Pmax up to 20 bar
Temperature range
• Zinc plated body
Ramp rate
-10 °C…+80 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
• Available pre-set
Part number S4412B114 001
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance) -0,85…+1
(±0,02 bar)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
20
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
250 V vacuum pressure switch
Technical data
Type S4415
28 V dc & 50 V ac
Voltage/rating
Average value 0.1…0.2 bar (not adjustable)
Hysterisis
Zinc plated steel
Body material
• Adjustment range up to -0.85…+1 bar
100/min
Switching frequency
106 cycles
Mechanical life expectancy
• Pmax up to 20 bar
Temperature range
• Zinc plated body
Ramp rate
-10 °C…+80 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms
• Available pre-set
Part number
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
S4415B114 001
0,85…0
28 PRESSURE SWITCHES
(±0.02 bar)
Pmax in bar
Thread Other threads available
Type
Function
20
G 1/4
Diaphragm
Change over
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure switches Mechanical differential pressure switches Type S4510
Technical data
• Adjustment range 0,3…2 bar
Electrical connection
DIN connector
Pressure connection
2 x G1/8 female
Hysterisis
Approx 15 – 25%
Body material
Brass
• Pmax up to 10 bar
Wetted parts
Brass & NBR
• Adjustable
Temperature range
• High overload safety
Part number S4510B071001
Media
-25 °C…+85 °C
Ambient
-25 °C…+85 °C
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread
Type
Function
0,3…2
10
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Changeover
Mechanical differential pressure switches Type S4530
Technical data 110 V dc & 250 V ac
Voltage/rating
• Adjustment range 2…50 bar
Electrical connection
DIN connector
Pressure connection
2 x G1/8 female
Hysterisis
Approx 15 – 25%
Body material
Zinc plated steel
• Pmax up to 250 bar
Wetted parts
Zinc plated steel & PUR
• Easy switch point adjustment
Temperature range
• High overload safety
Part number
110 V dc & 250 V ac
Voltage/rating
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Media
-25 °C…+85 °C
Ambient
-25 °C…+85 °C
Pmax in bar
Thread
Type
Function
S4530B075001
2…10
50
2 x G1/8 female
Piston
Changeover
S4530B785001
5…50
250
2 x G1/8 female
Piston
Changeover
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SWITCHES 29
Pressure switches Mechanical differential pressure switches Type S4540
Technical data 30 V dc & 250 V ac
Voltage/rating
• Adjustment range 0,06…6 bar
Electrical connection
Pre-cabled, 1 m
Pressure connection
2 x G 1/8 female Approx 2%
Hysterisis Body material
Brass & plastic
• Pmax up to 16 bar
Wetted parts
Brass & NBR
• Adjustable
Temperature range
• High overload safety
Media
-15 °C…+80 °C
Ambient
-15 °C…+80 °C
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread
Type
S4540B067002
0,06…0,6
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally open
S4540B067001
0,06…0,6
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally closed
S4540B069002
0,1…1
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally open
S4540B069001
0,1…1
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally closed
S4540B070002
0,16…1,6
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally open
S4540B070001
0,16…1,6
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally closed
S4540B072002
0,25…2,5
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally open
S4540B072001
0,25…2,5
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally closed
S4540B073002
0,4…4
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally open
S4540B073001
0,4…4
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally closed
S4540B074002
0,6…6
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally open
S4540B074001
0,6…6
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Normally closed
Part number
Electronic differential pressure switches Type S1510
Function
Technical data 12 – 32 V ac/dc
Voltage/rating
2 switching outputs & 1 output 4 – 20 mA
Signal
• Adjustment range 0…6 bar
Electrical connection
M12 x 1 (4 pin), M12 x 1 (5 pin)
Pressure connection
2 x G1/8 female Approx 2%
Hysterisis
• Pmax up to 16 bar
Body material
• Adjustable
Switching contacts
2 relay or MOSFET switch outputs (isolated)
Switching function
NO or NC (programmable)
• Display normally open or normally closed (selectable)
Brass & polyamide
Brass & NBR
Wetted parts Temperature range Media
-10 °C…+70 °C
Ambient
-10 °C…+70 °C
Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)
Pmax in bar
Thread
Type
Function
S1510B066001
0…0,4
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Selectable
S1510B067001
0…0,6
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Selectable
S1510B069001
0…1
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Selectable
S1510B070001
0…1,6
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Selectable
S1510B072001
0…2,5
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Selectable
S1510B073001
0…4
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Selectable
S1510B074001
0…6
16
2 x G1/8 female
Diaphragm
Selectable
Part number
30 PRESSURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure switches Special types For specific customer requirements we can produce a range of pre-set
A customised pre-cabled service can be offered across the program
switches that are cabled and potted for applications where IP67 or
with a minimum order quantity of 20 pieces. Potted switches are not
IP69k may be required.
suitable for gaseous applications.
This particular method of encapsulation of the switches is suited to applications such as mobile hydraulics and the excavation market or where switches are particularly exposed to harsh climatic changes.
A selection from the wide variety of connectors we can supply
DIN 72585
BOSCH (Jet plugs)
Cannon
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Amp
Packard Packard (Weather pack) (Weather pack)
Deutsch (DT 05)
Deutsch (DT 04 - 2P)
Deutsch (DT 04 - 3P)
PRESSURE SWITCHES 31
Pressure sensors
32
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Introduction to pressure sensors
34
General pressure sensors
35
Low pressure sensors
45
High pressure sensors
46
ATEX sensors
49
Flush diaphragm sensors
52
Refrigeration sensor
56
Refrigeration sensor
56
Differential sensors
57
USB sensor
59
Wireless sensors
60
Accessories 61
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
33
Pressure sensors Introduction to pressure sensors
OEM Automatic offer wide choice of pressure sensors and submersible sensors to suit nearly all applications including medical, mobile hydraulics and off highway. Various outputs including 4 – 20mA and 0 – 10V and measuring technologies such as SoS and thick film combined
Ceramic cell/thick film Ceramic thick film pressure measuring cells are made up of a sintered ceramic body. The ceramic body sleeve already has the key geometries for the subsequent pressure range. The membrane thickness required and thus, the pressure range required is established with grinding and lapping. The resistors are imprinted with thick film technology and interconnect to form a measuring bridge. SoS (Silicone-onSapphire) The combination of Silicon and Sapphire provides a very durable sensor. Because the silicon is grown onto the surface of the sapphire it is incredibly stable and exhibits virtually no hysteresis. With its outstanding insulation properties, the sapphire protects the strain gauge from electromagnetic pulse radiation, and allows the sensor to operate over a very wide temperature range without loss of performance. It can endure high over pressures and provides superb corrosion resistance. The excellent elasticity of the sapphire ensures high repeatability which is a highly desirable characteristic for sensors.
34 PRESSURE SENSORS
with wetted parts options from stainless steel to titanium. Gauge and absolute versions ranging from -1 up to 4000 bar with high temperature and accuracy versions available.
"Oil-filled" high-grade steel measuring cell (Isolated Piezoresistive) In this measuring cell technology, the piezo-resistive measuring cell is packaged within a metallic housing filled with fluorine or silicone oil. This means the measuring cell is virtually free of external mechanical stresses. Fluorine oil has excellent characteristics as regards temperature and ageing behaviour, and is not flammable and so lends itself perfectly to deployment in oxygen applications. It is not recommended for food applications. Bonded foil measuring cell Bonded foil pressure measuring cells are based on the same principle as a strain gauge. Four foil gauges, made from constantan on a flexible polyimide backing, are bonded to a high-grade steel diaphragm in the form of a Wheatstone bridge circuit. The diaphragm flexes and strains in response to an applied pressure and causes an electrical resistance change in the strain gauges producing a sensitivity of 2 mV/V
Piezoresistive silicon The measuring cell consists of a piezoresistive silicon sensing element without a protective membrane. The cell is packaged in a plastic housing for direct mounting to a printed circuit board. It is suitable only for air and non-corrosive/ non-ionising gases, and is typically used for very low pressure air differential pressure measurement. Output configuration The output configuration for a 4 – 20 mA signal is a 2 wire connection. For 0 – 5 V and 0 – 10 V signals, the configuration is either 3 wire or 4 wire connection (selectable). All mV outputs are 4 wire. Special output versions are available on request.
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors General purpose
Technical data
P3297 4 – 20 mA (2 wire), 0 – 10 V (3-wire)
Output
Type P3297
8 – 30 V dc (4 – 20 mA) & 14 – 30 V dc (0 – 10 V)
Supply voltage
Stainless steel 316 L
Body material
• Wide application range
Pressure connection
G1/4 (other threads available)
• Absolute & gauge ranges
Electrical connection
4 pin L-plug DIN EN 1755301-803 A, IP65 or Round plug connector M12 x 1, 4 pin Stainless steel 316 L (from 0 – 10 bar rel.13–8PH)
Wetted parts
• Customisable
Temperature range
• UL approved
Media
-30 °C…+100 °C (optional 0…80 °C)
Ambient
-30 °C…+100 °C ≤1% FS (optional 0.5% BFSL)
Accuracy
Gauge Pressure range (bar)
DIN – Form A 4-20mA
M12 x 1 0-10V
4-20mA
0-10V
0…1
P3297B069001
P3297B069101
P3297B069002
P3297B069102
0…1.6
P3297B070001
P3297B070101
P3297B070002
P3297B070102
0…2.5
P3297B072001
P3297B072101
P3297B072002
P3297B072102
0…4
P3297B073001
P3297B073101
P3297B073002
P3297B073102
0…6
P3297B074001
P3297B074101
P3297B074002
P3297B074102
0…10
P3297B075001
P3297B075101
P3297B075002
P3297B075102
0…16
P3297B076001
P3297B076101
P3297B076002
P3297B076102
0…25
P3297B078001
P3297B078101
P3297B078002
P3297B078102
0…40
P3297B079001
P3297B079101
P3297B079002
P3297B079102
0…60
P3297B080001
P3297B080101
P3297B080002
P3297B080102
0…100
P3297B081001
P3297B081101
P3297B081002
P3297B081102
0…160
P3297B082001
P3297B082101
P3297B082002
P3297B082102
0…250
P3297B084001
P3297B084101
P3297B084002
P3297B084102
0…400
P3297B086001
P3297B086101
P3297B086002
P3297B086102
0…600
P3297B087001
P3297B087101
P3297B087002
P3297B087102
Absolute Pressure range (abs)
DIN – Form A 4-20mA
M12 x 1 0-10V
4-20mA
0-10V
0…1
P3297S069001
P3297S069101
P3297S069002
P3297S069102
0…1.6
P3297S070001
P3297S070101
P3297S070002
P3297S070102
0…2.5
P3297S072001
P3297S072101
P3297S072002
P3297S072102
0…4
P3297S073001
P3297S073101
P3297S073002
P3297S073102
0…6
P3297S074001
P3297S074101
P3297S074002
P3297S074102
0…10
P3297S075001
P3297S075101
P3297S075002
P3297S075102
0…16
P3297S076001
P3297S076101
P3297S076002
P3297S076102
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SENSORS 35
Pressure sensors General purpose
Technical data
Type 0601/0602 Performance series
Output Supply voltage
• Small compact sensor • Integrated connectors
0601
0602
0 – 10 V (3-wire)
4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
11 – 32 V dc
9.6 – 32 V dc
Body material
Stainess steel 1.4305 (AISI 303)
Wetted parts
Stainess steel (as above), ceramic, NBR, EPDM,or FKM
Temperature range
NBR -30 °C…+100 °C, EPDM -30 °C…+125 °C, FKM -20 °C…+125 °C
Media
• Ceramic sensor
Ambient
• Stainless steel housing, others on request
-30 °C.…+100 °C ±1% FS/ ±0.5% BFSL
Accuracy
Part number key Type
0
6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0 – 10 V 3 wire
0
1
4 – 20 mA 2 wire
0
2
0 – 2 bar
2
0
0
0 – 4 bar
4
0
0
0 – 10 bar
1
0
1
0 – 16 bar
1
6
1
0 – 40 bar
4
0
1
0 – 100 bar
1
0
2
G 1/4 – DIN 33852-E
4
1
NPT 1/4
0
9
X
X
X
X
DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included
0
1
3
M12x1 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
0
0
2
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
0
0
4
AMP Superseal 1.5
0
0
7
Deutsch DT04-3P
0
1
0
Output
Pressure range
Pressure connection
Seal material – application areas NBR – Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air, nitrogen, etc
1
EPDM – Brake fluid,, water, acetylene, hydrogen, etc
2
FKM – Hydraulic fluids (HFA, HFB, HFD), petrol/gasolene etc
3
Electrical connection (see below)
Connectors:
0 1 3 DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A)
36 PRESSURE SENSORS
0 0 2
0 0 4
0 0 7
0 1 0
M 12 DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
AMP Superseal
Deutsch DT04-3P
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors General purpose
Technical data
Type GS400X/GS410X
GS40XX
Output Supply voltage
• Ceramic thick film or bonded foil strain gauge
GS41XX
4 – 20 mA
0 – 10 V dc
0 – 5 V dc
2 mV/V
13 – 36 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
5 – 15 V dc
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
SAE 303 stainless steeel, alumina & nitrile seal (up to 20 bar) 17/4PH & SAE 303 stainless steel (above 20 bar)
Temperature range
• Gauge & absolute pressure
Media
• All stainless steel construction
Ambient
-20 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.4% of span BFSL
Accuracy
• Micro DIN connector
-20 °C…+85 °C
Part number key Type
G
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Model above 20 bar
0
0
0
Model above 20 bar
0
0
1
0 – 10 V dc
Model above 20 bar
0
0
2
4 – 20 mA
Model above 20 bar
0
0
3
2 mV/V
Model up to 20 bar
1
0
0
0 – 5 V dc
Model up to 20 bar
1
0
1
0 – 10 V dc
Model up to 20 bar
1
0
2
4 – 20 mA
Model up to 20 bar
1
0
3
-1…0
V
0
0
1
0…0.5
0
0
.
5
0…1
0
0
0
1
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…25
0
0
2
5
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…250
0
2
5
0
0…700
0
7
0
0
Output
Ranges
2 mV/V 0 – 5 V dc
S
4
X
X
X
Electrical conection Micro DIN plug and socket
–
Cable outlet 1 m screened
A
M12 connector
B
Cable outlet 1 m IP67 gland
C
Pressure range bar Gauge
Absolute 0…0.5
0
.
5
A
0…1
0
0
1
A
0…1.6
1
.
6
A
0…2.5
2
.
5
A
0…4
0
0
4
A
0…6
0
0
6
A
0…10
0
1
0
A
0…16
0
1
6
A
0…25
0
2
5
A
Process connection G 1/4
A
B
NPT 1/4
A
M
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SENSORS 37
Pressure sensors General purpose
Type P3354/P3355 Mobile hydraulics
• Mobile hydraulics • Optional electrical connectors • Compact design
Technical data
P3354
Supply voltage
10 – 36 V dc
Body material
Fibre re-enforced plastic (PBT) G 1/4 E (other threads available)
Pressure connection
Round connector M12x1 (4 pin)
Electrical connection
Stainless steel 1.4435 and 1.4542
Wetted parts Temperature range
• Optional outputs available
Media
-40 °C…+125 °C
Ambient
-40 °C…+100 °C
Accuracy
Pressure range (bar)
1% FS (0.5% BFSL)/2% FS (≤1% BFSL) for ranges below 16 bar
(M12 x 1 and 4–20 mA)
0...6
P3355B074002
0...10
P3355B075002
0...16
P3355B076002
0...25
P3355B078002
0...40
P3355B079002
0...60
P3354B080002
0...100
P3354B081002
0...160
P3354B082002
0...250
P3354B084002
0...400
P3354B086002
0...600
P3354B087002
38 PRESSURE SENSORS
P3355 4 – 20 mA (2 wire)
Output
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors General purpose
Technical data
Type 07XX High performance series
Output
0710
0720
0 – 10 V (3 wire)
4 – 20 mA (2 wire)
12 – 32 V dc
10 – 32 V dc
5 V dc ±10% max 6.5 V dc
Supply voltage
• High overpressure for use in mobile hydraulics
0705 0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric
Body material
Stainless steel 1.4305
Wetted parts
Stainless steel 1.4305/SAE grade 303 titanium
Temperature range
• SoS technology for highest accuracy • Customised versions on request
Media
-40 °C…+125 °C
Ambient
-40 °C…+100 °C ±0.5% FS/ ±0.25% BFSL
Accuracy
Part number key Type
0
7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric
0
5
0 – 10 V 3 wire
1
0
4 – 20 mA 2 wire
2
0
0…10 bar
1
0
1
0…16 bar
1
6
1
0…25 bar
2
5
1
0…40 bar
4
0
1
0…60 bar
6
0
1
0…100 bar
1
0
2
0…160 bar
1
6
2
0…250 bar
2
5
2
0…400 bar
4
0
2
0…600 bar
6
0
2
G 1/4 – DIN 33852-E
4
1
G 1/4 – DIN 33852-A
0
3
NPT 1/8 (max 250 bar)
0
4
NPT 1/4
0
9
M 10 x 1 tap DIN 3852-A (max 250 bar)
3
0
7/16-20 UNF (max 250 bar)
2
0
9/16-18 UNF
2
1
M 14x1.5 - DIN 3852-E
4
2
B
X
X
X
DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included
0
0
1
M 12 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
0
0
2
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
0
0
4
AMP Superseal 1.5
0
0
7
Deutsch DT04-4P
0
0
8
Deutsch DT04-3P
0
1
0
Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)
0
1
1
Output
Pressure range
Pressure connection
Pressure unit
B
Electrical connection (see below)
Connectors:
0 0 1 DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A)
0 0 2
0 0 4
0 0 7
0 0 8
M 12 DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
AMP Superseal
Deutsch DT04-4P
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
0 1 0 Deutsch DT04-3P
0 1 1 Cable
PRESSURE SENSORS 39
Pressure sensors General purpose
Technical data
Type P3276
P3276 4 – 20 mA, (2-wire) & 0 – 10 V (3-wire)
Output
10 – 30 V dc (4 – 20 mA) & 14 – 30 V dc (0 – 10 V)
Supply voltage
Stainless steel 1.4571
Body material
G 1/2 internal diaphragm
Pressure connection
• Internal diaphragm
4-pin L-plug DIN EN
Electrical connection
• Low pressure ranges
Stainless steel 1.4571
Wetted parts
• Corrosion resisitant
Temperature range Media
• Relative & absolute pressure
-30 °C…+100 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+80 °C ≤0.5 FS (optional 0.25% FS)
Accuracy
Pressure range (bar)
Gauge
Absolute
G1/2 B internal flush diaphragm
G1/2 B internal diaphragm
4…20mA
0…10VDC
-0,1…1
P3276B011001
P3276B011101
4…20mA
0…10VDC
-0,25…0
P3276B013001
P3276B013101
-0,4…0
P3276B014001
P3276B014101
-0,6…0
P3276B015001
P3276B015101
-1…0
P3276B016001
P3276B016101
-1…+1,5
P3276B043001
P3276B043101
-1…+5
P3276B045001
P3276B045101
0…0,1
P3276B063001
P3276B063101
0…0,25
P3276B065001
P3276B065101
0…0,4
P3276B066001
P3276B066101
P3276S065401
P3276S065411
0…0,6
P3276B067001
P3276B067101
0…1
P3276B069001
0…1,6
P3276B070001
P3276B069101
P3276S069401
P3276S069411
P3276B070101
P3276S070401
0…2,5
P3276S070411
P3276B072001
P3276B072101
P3276S072401
P3276S072411
0…4
P3276B073001
P3276B073101
P3276S073401
P3276S073411
0…6
P3276B074001
P3276B074101
P3276S074401
P3276S074411
0…10
P3276B075001
P3276B075101
P3276S075401
P3276S075411
0…16
P3276B076001
P3276B076101
P3276S076401
P3276S076411
0…25
P3276B078001
P3276B078101
0…40
P3276B079001
P3276B080611
0…60
P3276B080601
P3276B080611
0…100
P3276B081601
P3276B081611
0…160
P3276B082601
P3276B082611
0…250
P3276B084601
P3276B084611
0…400
P3276B086601
P3276B086611
0…600
P3276B087601
P3276B087611
0…1000
P3276B088601
P3276B088611
40 PRESSURE SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors General purpose
Technical data
PR31XX
Type PR31XX Standard pressure Output Supply voltage
• Gauge & absolute pressure • Ceramic thick film or bonded foil strain gauge
PR3100
PR3101
PR3102
PR3103
4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
2 mV/V typical (4-wire)
0–5V (4-wire)
0 – 10 V (4-wire)
13 – 36 V dc
10 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
Body material
SAE316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
SAE 316 stainless steeel, alumina & nitrile seal (up to 20 bar) 17/4PH & SAE 316 stainless steel (above 20 bar)
Temperature range
• Wide pressure range
Media Ambient
-20 °C…+85 °C -20 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.3% of span BFSL
Accuracy
Part number key Type
P
R
3
1
X
X
4 – 20 mA 2 wire
0
0
2 mV/V 4 wire
0
1
0 – 5 V 4 wire
0
2
0 – 10 V 4 wire
0
3
X
X
X
X
X
-1…0
V
0
0
1
0…2,5
0
2
.
5
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…250
0
2
5
0
0…600
0
6
0
0
0…1000
1
0
0
0
0…1
0
0
1
A
0…1,6
1
.
6
A
0…2.5
2
.
5
A
0…4
0
0
4
A
0…6
0
0
6
A
0…10
0
1
0
A
0…16
0
1
6
A
0…25
0
2
5
A
X
X
Output
Electrical conection/option DIN 43650 plug and socket
–
Cable outlet 1 m screened
A
M12 connector
B
Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection
C
ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug & socket
EX
Pressure range bar
ABS range bar
Process connection G 1/4
A
B
G 1/2
A
C
NPT 1/4
A
M
NPT 1/2
A
N
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SENSORS 41
Pressure sensors General purpose
Technical data
Type GS42XX
GS42XX
Output Supply voltage
• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology • Outstanding performance and stability
4 – 20 mA
0 – 10 V dc
0 – 5 V dc
0 – 10 mV/V
10 – 36 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
10 mV/V (5 – 15 V)
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
Titanium alloy
Temperature range Media
• Full vacuum & up to 0…1500 bar
Ambient
• Titanium wetted parts
-50 °C…+125 °C -40 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.25% of span BFSL
Accuracy
Part number key Type
G
S
4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-1…0
V
0
0
1
0…0,5
0
0
.
5
0…1
0
0
0
1
0…2,5
0
2
.
5
0…6
0
0
0
6
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…16
0
0
1
6
0…25
0
0
2
5
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…250
0
2
5
0
0…400
0
4
0
0
0…600
0
6
0
0
0…1000
1
0
0
0
0…1500
1
5
0
0
X
X
Output 4 – 20 mA
2 wire
2
0
0
10 mV/V
4 wire
2
0
1
4 wire
2
0
2
3 wire
2
1
2
4 wire
2
0
3
3 wire
2
1
3
0 – 5 V dc 0 – 10 V dc Electrical connection
DIN 43650 plug and socket
–
Cable outlet 1 m screened
A
M12 connector
B
Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection
C
ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug & socket
EX
Pressure range bar
Process connection G 1/4
A
B
G 1/2
A
C
NPT 1/4
A
M
NPT 1/2
A
N
42 PRESSURE SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors General purpose
Technical data
Type 06XX Versatile series
Output
• Suitable for seawater applications
0680
0690
0 – 10 V (3 wire)
4 – 20 mA (2 wire)
12 – 32 V dc
10 – 32 V dc
5 V dc ±10% max 6.5 V dc
Supply voltage
• Vacuum applications
0675 0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric
Body material
Stainless steel 1.4404
Wetted parts
S/S 1.4305/AISI 303, S/S 1.4404/AISI 316L, NBR or FKM
Temperature range Media
• Measuring cell filled with oil
NBR -40 °C…+100 °C, FKM -20 °C…+125 °C
Ambient
-40 °C…+100 °C ±0.5% FS/ ±0.25% BFSL
Accuracy
Part number key Type
0
6
X
X
X
X
X
0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric
7
5
0 – 10 V 3 wire
8
0
4 – 20 mA 2 wire
9
0
-1…0 bar (Vacuum approx -29.6 inHG)
0
0
0
0…1 bar
1
0
0
0…4 bar
4
0
0
0…6 bar
6
0
0
0…10 bar
1
0
1
0…16 bar
1
6
1
0…40 bar
4
0
1
0…100 bar
1
0
2
4
1
4
1
X
X
X
X
DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included
0
1
3
M 12 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
0
0
2
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
0
0
4
Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)
0
1
1
Output
Pressure range
Pressure connection G 1/4 – DIN 33852-E Seal material – application areas NBR – Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air, nitrogen, etc
1
FKM – Hydraulic fluids (HFA, HFB, HFD), petrol/gasolene etc
3
Electrical connection (see below)
Connectors:
0 1
3
DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A)
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
0 0 2
0 0 4
M 12 DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
0 1 1 Cable
PRESSURE SENSORS 43
Pressure sensors General purpose
Technical data
Type 06XX Versatile series
Output Supply voltage
• Suitable for hydrogen and oxygen applications
0645
0650
0660
0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric
0 – 10 V (3 wire)
4 – 20 mA (2 wire)
5 V dc ±10% max 6.5 V dc
12 – 32 V dc
10 – 32 V dc
Body material
Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303
Wetted parts
Stainless steel 1.4404/AISI 316L, NBR or FKM
Temperature range
• Measuring cell filled with oil
Media
NBR -40 °C…+100 °C, FKM -20 °C…+125 °C
Ambient
• High overpressure protection
-40 °C…+100 °C ±0.5% FS/ ±0.25% BFSL
Accuracy
Part number key Type
0
6
X
X
X
X
X
0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric
4
5
0 – 10 V 3 wire
5
0
4 – 20 mA 2 wire
6
0
-1…0 bar (Vacuum approx -29.6 inHG)
0
0
0
0…1 bar
1
0
0
0…4 bar
4
0
0
0…6 bar
6
0
0
0…10 bar
1
0
1
0…16 bar
1
6
1
0…40 bar
4
0
1
0…100 bar
1
0
2
4
1
4
1
X
X
X
X
DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included
0
1
3
M 12 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
0
0
2
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
0
0
4
Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)
0
1
1
Output
Pressure range
Pressure connection G 1/4 – DIN 33852-E Seal material – application areas NBR – Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air, nitrogen, etc
1
FKM – Hydraulic fluids (HFA, HFB, HFD), petrol/gasolene etc
3
Electrical connection (see below)
Connectors:
0 1
3
DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A)
44 PRESSURE SENSORS
0 0 2
0 0 4
M 12 DIN EN 61076-2-101 A
Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)
0 1 1 Cable
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors Low pressure LP10XX
Technical data
LP1000
LP1001/1011 LP1002/1012
Output
10 mV (4-wire)
0–5V (3 or 4 wire)
0 – 10 V (3 or 4 wire)
4 – 20 mA (2 wire)
Supply voltage
10 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
10– 36 V dc
SAE 316L stainless steel
Body material
• Piezoresistive silicon or isolated piezoresistive silicon
LP1003
<100 mbar: SAE 316 S/S, Nitrile O ring & silicon
Wetted parts
>100 mbar: SAE 316 S/S, Nitrile O ring
Temperature range
• 0…50 mbar to 0…500 mbar
Media
• Wide operating temperature range
Ambient
-20 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.5% of span BFSL
Accuracy
• Zero & span adjustment
-20 °C…+85 °C
Part number key Type
L
P
X
X
X
X
4 wires
1
0
0
0
4 wires
1
0
0
1
3 wires
1
0
1
1
4 wires
1
0
0
2
3 wires
1
0
1
2
2 wires
1
0
0
3
X
X
X
X
X
0…50
0
0
5
0
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…250
0
2
5
0
0…500
0
5
0
0
X
X
Output 0 – 10 mV/V 0 – 5 V dc
0 – 10 V dc 4 – 20 mA
Electrical connection DIN EN175301 plug and socket
-
Cable outlet 1 m screened
A
M12 connector
B
Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection
C
Pressure range (mbar)
Process connection G 1/4
A
B
G 1/2
A
C
NPT 1/4
A
M
NPT 1/2
A
N
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SENSORS 45
Pressure sensors High pressure
Technical data
Type HP1XXX
• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology • Up to 4000 bar
HP1000/1100
HP1XX1
HP1XX2
HP1003/1103
Output
10 mV/V (4-wire)
0–5V (3 or 4 wire)
0 – 10 V (3 or 4 wire)
4 – 20 mA (2 wire)
Supply voltage
10 V dc (5 – 15 V)
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
10– 36 V dc
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
All fluids compatible with titanium alloy
Temperature range Media
• Optional ATEX approved version (4 – 20 mA)
Ambient
-40 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.25% of span BFSL
Accuracy
• Industry standard high pressure fitting
-50 °C…+125 °C
Part number key Type
H
P
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0…600
0
6
0
0
0…1000
1
0
0
0
0…1500
1
5
0
0
0…2000
2
0
0
0
0…3000
3
0
0
0
0…4000
4
0
0
0
X
X
D
E
Output 0…10 mV/V
0…5 V dc
0…10 V dc
4 – 20 mA
To 2000 bar
4 wires
1
0
0
0
Above 2000 bar
4 wires
1
1
0
0
To 2000 bar
4 wires
1
0
0
1
Above 2000 bar
4 wires
1
1
0
1
To 2000 bar
3 wires
1
0
1
1
Above 2000 bar
3 wires
1
1
1
1
To 2000 bar
4 wires
1
0
0
2
Above 2000 bar
4 wires
1
1
0
2
To 2000 bar
3 wires
1
0
1
2
Above 2000 bar
3 wires
1
1
1
2
To 2000 bar
2 wires
1
0
0
3
Above 2000 bar
2 wires
1
1
0
3
Electrical connection DIN EN175301 plug and socket
-
Cable outlet 1 m screened
A
M12 connector
B
Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection
C
ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket (4 – 20 mA)
EX
Pressure range bar
Process connection Autoclave F-250-C female
46 PRESSURE SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors High precision sensor
Technical data
Type HI20XX
Output Supply voltage
• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology • Pressure range up to 1500 bar
HI2000/HI2010
HI2XX1/HI2XX4
HI2XX2/HI2XX5
10 mV/V (4 wire)
0–5V (4 or 3 wire)
0 – 10 V (4 or 3 wire)
10 V dc (5 – 15 V)
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
Titanium alloy
Temperature range
• Titanium wetted parts
Media
• High thermal stability
Ambient
-40 °C…+85 °C -50 °C…+125 °C ≤ ±0.1% of span BFSL
Accuracy
Part number key Type
H
I
X
X
X
X
Cable outlet 1m PTFE 4 wire
2
0
0
0
Cable outlet 1m PTFE 4 wire
2
0
0
1
Cable outlet 1m PTFE 3 wire
2
0
0
4
Cable outlet 1m PTFE 4 wire
2
0
0
2
Cable outlet 1m PTFE 3 wire
2
0
0
5
MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 4 wire
2
0
1
0
MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 4 wire
2
0
1
1
MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 3 wire
2
0
1
4
MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 4 wire
2
0
1
2
MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 3 wire
2
0
1
5
–
X
X
X
X
0…1
V
0
0
1
0…0,5
0
0
.
5
0…1
0
0
0
1
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…25
0
0
2
5
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…250
0
2
5
0
0…700
0
7
0
0
0…1500
1
5
0
0
X
X
Output 10-20 mV/V 0–5V
0 – 10 V 10 mV/V 0–5V
0 – 10 V
Electrical connection No special option required ATEX/IECEx certified (HI2000 & HI2010 only)
EX
Pressure range bar
Process connection G 1/4
A
B
NPT 1/4
A
M
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SENSORS 47
Pressure sensors High temperature sensor
Technical data
Type HI22XX
Output
• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology • Up to 1500 bar
HI2200/HI2210
HI2300/HI2310
10 – 20 mV/V (Unrationalised & uncompensated)
10 mV/V (Rationalised & compensated)
Supply voltage
10 V dc (5 – 15 V)
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
Titanium alloy
Temperature range
• High operating ambient & media temperature up to 200 ºC
Media Ambient
• Optional ATEX approved version
-50 °C…+200 °C -40 °C…+200 °C ≤ ±0.1% of span BFSL
Accuracy
Part number key Type
H
I
X
X
X
X
1m PTFE insulated flying lead 4 wires
2
2
0
0
MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 4 wires
2
2
1
0
1m PTFE insulated flying lead 4 wires
2
3
0
0
MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 4 wires
2
3
1
0
–
X
X
X
X
0…1
0
0
0
1
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…25
0
0
2
5
0…60
0
0
6
0
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…250
0
2
5
0
0…400
0
4
0
0
0…1000
1
0
0
0
0…1500
1
5
0
0
X
X
Output 10-20 mV/V
10 mV/V
Electrical connection 1m PTFE insulated flying lead (HI2200, HI2300)
-
MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet (HI2210, HI2310)
-
Pressure range bar
Process connection G 1/4
A
B
NPT 1/4
A
M
48 PRESSURE SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors ATEX applications
Technical data
Type PEX10/PEX11
PEX10
Supply voltage
10 – 30 V dc
Body material
Stainless steel 1.4571 G1/2 (EN 837) internal diaphragm
• High accuracy
Pressure connection
• Good repeatability
Electrical connection
• Internal & flush diaphragm
Wetted parts
G1 – G1/2 flush diaphragm with O-ring
4 pin L-plug DIN EN Stainless steel 1.4571
Stainless steel 1.4571 & NBR
Temperature range
• Exia/I/IIC T6 acc. to ATEX
Media
-20 °C…+80 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+80 °C ±0.5% FS (option 0.25 BFSL)
Accuracy Explosion proof protection type ATEX
Range (bar)
PEX11 4 – 20 mA, 2 wire
Output
EEx ia I/IIC T4-T6 (BVS 08 ATEX E 067 X) category 1G, 1/2G, 2G, 1D, 1/2D, 2D, M1, M2
Internal diaphragm
Pressure connection
Flush diaphragm
Pressure connection
0…0,1
PEX10B063001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0063001
G1 flush
0…0,16
PEX10B064001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0064001
G1 flush
0…0,25
PEX10B065001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0065001
G1 flush
0…0,4
PEX10B066001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0066001
G1 flush
0…0,6
PEX10B067001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0067001
G1 flush
0…1
PEX10B069001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0069001
G1 flush
0…1,6
PEX10B070001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0070001
G1 flush
0…2.5
PEX10B072001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0072001
G1/2 flush
0…4
PEX10B073001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0073001
G1/2 flush
0…6
PEX10B074001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0074001
G1/2 flush
0…10
PEX10B075001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0075001
G1/2 flush
0…16
PEX10B076001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0076001
G1/2 flush
0…25
PEX10B078001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0078001
G1/2 flush
0…40
PEX10B079001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0079001
G1/2 flush
0…60
PEX10B080001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0080001
G1/2 flush
0…100
PEX10B081001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0081001
G1/2 flush
0…160
PEX10B082001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0082001
G1/2 flush
0…250
PEX10B084001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0084001
G1/2 flush
0…400
PEX10B086001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0086001
G1/2 flush
0…600
PEX10B087001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0087001
G1/2 flush
0…1000
PEX10B088001
G1/2 internal
PEX11B0088001
G1/2 flush
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SENSORS 49
Pressure sensors ATEX/IECEx applications Type GS4200EX
• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology • Outstanding performance and stability
Technical data
GS4200EX
Output
4 – 20 mA
Supply voltage
10 – 36 V dc
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
Titanium alloy
Temperature range Media
• -1…0 mbar up to 0…1500 bar ranges
Ambient
-50 °C…+125 °C -40 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.25% of span BFSL
Accuracy
DIN 43650 plug and socket
Electrical connection
Part number key Type
G
S
4
2
0
0
2
0
0
E
X
X
X
X
X
E
X
-1…0
V
0
0
1
0…0,5
0
0
.
5
0…1
0
0
0
1
0…2,5
0
2
.
5
0…6
0
0
0
6
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…16
0
0
1
6
0…25
0
0
2
5
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…250
0
2
5
0
0…400
0
4
0
0
0…600
0
6
0
0
0…1000
1
0
0
0
0…1500
1
5
0
0
X
X
Output 4 – 20 mA Electrical connection ATEX certified with DIN 43650 plug and socket (4 – 20 mA) Pressure range bar
Process connection G 1/4
A
B
G 1/2
A
C
NPT 1/4
A
M
NPT 1/2
A
N
50 PRESSURE SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors ATEX/IECEx applications Type PR3110
• Gauge & absolute pressures
Technical data
PR3110EX
Output
4 – 20 mA
Supply voltage
13 – 36 V dc
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
SAE 316L stainless steel and NBR
Temperature range
• Isolated piezoresistive silicon
Media
• ATEX/IECEx zone 1, zone 20 & group 1 mining
Ambient
-20 °C…+85 °C -20 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.3% of span BFSL
Accuracy
Part number key Type
P
R
3
1
1
0
-
X
X
X
X
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…200
0
2
0
0
0…250
0
2
5
0
0…300
0
3
0
0
0…400
0
4
0
0
0…500
0
5
0
0
0…500 mbar Absolute
0
.
5
A
0…600
0
6
0
0
0…750
0
7
5
0
0…900
0
9
0
0
0…900 mbar Absolute
0
.
9
A
A
C
Output 4 – 20 mA
0
Electrical connection ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket
EX
Pressure range (mbar)
Process connection G 1/4
A
B
G 1/2
A
C
NPT 1/4
A
M
NPT 1/2
A
N
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SENSORS 51
Pressure sensors Flush diaphragm
Technical data
Type P3251
P3251 4 – 20 mA, (2-wire) & 0 – 10 V (3-wire)
Output
10 – 30 V dc (4 – 20 mA) & 14 – 30 V dc (0 – 10 V)
Supply voltage
Stainless steel 1.4571
Body material
G 1/2 & G 1 flush diaphragm
Pressure connection
• Flush diaphragm
4-pin L-plug DIN EN
Electrical connection
• Built in 'O' ring
Stainless steel 1.4571
Wetted parts
• Output options
Temperature range
• Gauge & absolute pressures
Media
-30 °C…+100 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+80 °C ≤0.5 FS
Accuracy
Gauge G 1 flush diaphragm with O-ring (Bar) 4…20 mA
0…10 V dc
-0,1…0
P3251B011001
P3251B011101
-0,25…0
P3251B013001
P3251B013101
-0,4…0
P3251B014001
P3251B014101
-0,6…0
P3251B015001
P3251B015101
-1…0
P3251B016001
P3251B016101
Absolute
G 1/2 flush diaphragm with O-ring (Bar) 4…20 mA
0…10 V dc
-1…+1,5
P3251B043001
P3251B043101
-1…+5
P3251B045001
P3251B045101
G 1 flush diaphragm with O-ring (S) 4…20 mA
0…10 V dc
0…0,1
P3251B063001
P3251B063101
0…0,25
P3251B065001
P3251B065101
P3251S065401
P3251S065411
0…0,4
P3251B066001
P3251B066101
P3251S066401
P3251S066411
0…0,6
P3251B067001
P3251B067101
0…1
P3251B069001
P3251B069101
P3251S069401
P3251S069411
0…1,6
P3251B070001
P3251B070101
P3251S070401
P3251S070411
G 1/2 flush diaphragm with O-ring (S) 4…20 mA
0…10 V dc
0…2,5
P3251B072001
P3251B072101
P3251S072401
P3251S072411
0…4
P3251B073001
P3251B073101
P3251S073401
P3251S073411
0…6
P3251B074001
P3251B074101
P3251S074401
P3251S074411
0…10
P3251B075001
P3251B075101
P3251S075401
P3251S075411
0…16
P3251B076001
P3251B076101
P3251S076401
P3251S076411
0…25
P3251B078001
P3251B078101
0…40
P3251B079001
P3251B080611
0…60
P3251B080601
P3251B080611
0…100
P3251B081601
P3251B081611
0…160
P3251B082601
P3251B082611
0…250
P3251B084601
P3251B084611
0…400
P3251B086601
P3251B086611
0…600
P3251B087601
P3251B087611
52 PRESSURE SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors Flush diaphragm
Technical data
Type PR385X
Output
PR3851
PR3852
0 – 5 V (4-wire)
0 – 10 V (4-wire)
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 36 V dc
Supply voltage
• Stainless steel 316L
PR3850 4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
SAE 316L stainless steel
Temperature range
• Optional ATEX approved version (4 – 20 mA)
-20 °C…+85 °C -20 °C…+85 °C ±0.30% FS
Accuracy
• Various electrical connections
Media Ambient
Part number key Type
P
R
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0…4
0
0
0
4
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…25
0
0
2
5
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…250
0
2
5
0
0…400
0
4
0
0
G 1/2 with flush membrane
B
A
G 1 with flush membrane (PR385x only)
B
C
Output 4 – 20 mA
2 wires
8
5
0
0 – 5 V dc
4 wires
8
5
1
0 – 10 V dc
4 wires
8
5
2
Electrical connection/option DIN EN175301 plug and socket
-
Cable outlet 1 m screened
A
M 12 connector
B
Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection
C
ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket
EX
Pressure range bar
Process connection
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SENSORS 53
Pressure sensors Flush diaphragm
Technical data Output
Type PR386X
PR3861
PR3862
0 – 5 V (4-wire)
0 – 10 V (4-wire)
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 36 V dc
Supply voltage
• Stainless steel 316L
PR3860 4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
SAE 316L stainless steel
Temperature range
• High temperature (250 °C) • Optional ATEX approved version (4 – 20 mA)
Media
-20 °C…+250 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+250 °C ±0.30% FS
Accuracy
Part number key Type
P
R
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…25
0
0
2
5
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…250
0
2
5
0
0…400
0
4
0
0
X
X
B
A
Output 4 – 20 mA
2 wires
8
6
0
0 – 5 V dc
4 wires
8
6
1
0 – 10 V dc
4 wires
8
6
2
Electrical connection/option DIN EN175301 plug and socket
-
Cable outlet 1 m screened
A
M 12 connector
B
Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection
C
ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket
EX
Pressure range bar
Process connection G 1/2 with flush membrane
54 PRESSURE SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors Flush diaphragm
Technical data
Type PR380X/PR382X
Output
PR3801
PR3802
0 – 5 V (4-wire)
0 – 10 V (4-wire)
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 36 V dc
Supply voltage
• Range of sanitary grade fittings
PR3800 4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
SAE 316L stainless steel
Temperature range
• Optional ATEX approved version • Vacuum range
Media
-20…+85 °C
Ambient
-20…+85 °C ±0.30% FS
Accuracy
Pipe clamp (tri-clover)
Pressure connection Technical data Output
PR3820
PR3821
PR3822
4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
0 – 5 V (4-wire)
0 – 10 V (4-wire)
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 36 V dc
Supply voltage Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Wetted parts
SAE 316L stainless steel
Temperature range -20 °C…+85 °C -20 °C…+85 °C ±0.30% FS
Accuracy Pressure connection
Part number key
Media Ambient
DIN 11851 female
Pipe clamp (tri-clover)
Type
P
R
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-1…0
V
0
0
1
0…1
0
0
1
1
0…2.5
0
2
.
5
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…16
0
0
1
6
0…25
0
0
2
5
0…40
0
0
4
0
Pipe clamp (Tri-clover) 1.5" 316L Stainless steel
B
G
Pipe clamp (Tri-clover) 2" 316L Stainless steel
B
H
X
X
Output 4 – 20 mA
2 wires
8
0
0
0 – 5 V dc
4 wires
8
0
1
0 – 10 V dc
4 wires
8
0
2
Electrical connection/option DIN EN175301 plug and socket
-
Cable outlet 1 m screened
A
M 12 connector
B
Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection
C
ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket (4 – 20 mA)
EX
Pressure range bar
Process connection
Part number key
DIN 11851 female
Type
P
R
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-1…0
V
0
0
1
0…1
0
0
1
1
0…2.5
0
2
.
5
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…16
0
0
1
6
0…25
0
0
2
5
0…40
0
0
4
0
Output 4 – 20 mA
2 wires
8
2
0
0 – 5 V dc
4 wires
8
2
1
0 – 10 V dc
4 wires
8
2
2
Electrical connection/option DIN EN175301 plug and socket
-
Cable outlet 1 m screened
A
M 12 connector
B
Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection
C
ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket
EX
Pressure range bar
Process connection RJT 38mm female 316L Stainless steel
B
J
DIN11851 female 32mm Stainless steel
B
R
SMS 40mm female 316 Stainless steel
B
V
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SENSORS 55
Pressure sensors Refrigeration sensor
Technical data
Type P3307 Brass
P3307 4 – 20 mA, 2 wire (other outputs available)
Output
7 – 30 V dc
Supply voltage
Brass
Body material
7/16-20 UNF with schrader opener
Pressure connection
• HVAC sensor • Refrigerant compatibility • Negative & positive pressures • Specific pressure ranges available
Round plug connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
Electrical connection Wetted parts
Brass, ceramic, Al203 96%, O-ring CR70 (Chloropren)
Resistance against refrigerant
R12, R22, R134a, R404a, R407c, R410a, R502, R507
Temperature range Media
-40 °C…+80 °C
Ambient
-25 °C…+80 °C ≤2% of measurement span
Accuracy
Part number
Pressure range (bar)
Pressure connection
Output signal
P3307B117001
-1...0...+7
7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener
4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
P3307B046001
-1...0...+9
7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener
4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
P3307B049001
-1...0...+15
7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener
4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
P3307B052001
-1...0...25+
7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener
4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
P3307B077001
0...20
7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener
4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
P3307B078001
0…25
7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener
4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
P3307B133001
0...30
7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener
4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
P3307B079001
0...40
7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener
4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
Refrigeration sensor
Technical data
P3308 Stainless steel
P3308 4 – 20 mA, (2-wire) & 0 – 10 V (3-wire)
Output
7 – 30 V dc (4 – 20 mA) & 14 – 30 V dc (0 – 10 V)
Supply voltage
Stainless steel 316L
Body material
• HVAC sensor • High chemical resistance • Negative & positive pressures
Pressure connection
7/16-20 UNF with schrader opener
Electrical connection
Round plug connector M12 x 1, 4-pin Stainless steel 318L
Wetted parts Temperature range Media
• Specific pressure ranges available
Ambient Accuracy
-40 °C…+80 °C -25 °C…+80 °C ≤2% of measurement span
Part number 4 – 20 mA 2-wire
Part number 0…10 V 3-wire
-1...+7
P3308B117001
P3308B117101
-1...+9
P3308B046001
P3308B046101
-1...+15
P3308B049001
P3308B049101
-1...+25
P3308B052001
P3308B052101
0...20
P3308B077001
P3308B077101
0...30
P3308B133001
P3308B133101
0...40
P3308B079001
P3308B079101
Pressure range (bar)
56 PRESSURE SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors Differential pressure
Technical data
Type PR320X
PR3200
PR3202
PR3203
PR3204
Output
4 – 20 mA (2 wire)
4 – 20 mA (2 wire)
0–5V (3 wire)
0 – 10 V (3 wire)
Supply voltage
10– 36 V dc
10– 36 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
13 – 30 V dc
Body material
• 0 – 5 mbar up to 200 bar
SAE 304 SS & titanium alloy
Wetted parts
• Optional ATEX approved version (4 – 20 mA)
Temperature range Media -20 °C…+85 °C
• 4 mm hose or G 1/4 connections
Ambient -20 °C…+85 °C
-20 °C…+70 °C -20 °C…+70 °C ±0.30% FS
Accuracy
Part number key
Nickel plated brass, silicone tubing, silicone diaphragm, glass filled polyiamide
PR3200
Type
P
R
3
2
0
0
2
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0…1
0
0
0
1
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…50
0
0
5
0
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…200
0
2
0
0
1/4 female (PR3200 only)
A
R
1/4 NPT female (PR3200 only)
A
S
X
X
4.8 mm tube connection (push-on stem) (PR3202, PR3203, PR3204 only)
A
W
G 1/4 (PR3202, PR3203, PR3204 only)
A
B
Output 4 – 20 mA
2 wires
Electrical connection/option DIN 43650 plug and socket
-
ATEX/IECEx certified (4 – 20 mA)
EX
Pressure range bar
Process connection
Part number key
PR320X
Type
P
R
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0…1
0
0
0
1
0…5
0
0
0
5
0…50
0
0
5
0
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…500
0
5
0
0
Output 4 – 20 mA
2 wires
2
0
2
0 – 5 V dc
3 wires
2
0
3
0 – 10 V dc
3 wires
2
0
4
Electrical connection/option PG7 cable gland
-
Pressure range mbar
Process connection
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SENSORS 57
Pressure sensors For low and differential pressure Type P3317
Technical data
P3317 4 – 20 mA, (2-wire)
Output
15 – 30 V dc
Supply voltage
Plastic
Body material
• 0…1 to 0…1000 mbar range • 2 x 4 mm hose connections • Optional display
2 x hose connector (4 mm)
Pressure connection
PG 7 cable gland
Electrical connection
Only to be used with dry non-aggressive gasses
Wetted parts Temperature range
Accuracy
Media
-20 °C …+50 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+50 °C ≤0.6% of span
Without digital display
With digital display
2 x hose connector for 4 mm
2 x hose connector for 4 mm
Pressure range (DP) mbar
4…20mA (2-wire)
4…20mA (2-wire)
0…1
P3317M053001
P3317M053401
0…2,5
P3317M055001
P3317M055401
0…5
P3317M915001
P3317M915401
0…10
P3317M058001
P3317M058401
0…25
P3317M060001
P3317M060401
0…50
P3317M744001
P3317M744401
0…100
P3317M063001
P3317M063401
0…250
P3317M065001
P3317M065401
0…500
P3317M187001
P3317M187401
0…1000
P3317M095001
P3317M095401
58 PRESSURE SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors USB sensor
Technical data
Type GS4200USB
USB 1.1 & USB 2.0 compatible
Output Supply voltage
5 V dc via USB bus
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology
Pressure connection
See table below
• USB 1.1/2.0 full speed compatible
Electrical connection
Mating to USB mini & mini B socket Titanium alloy
Wetted parts
• ESI-USB© software supplied
Temperature range
• Create customised test certificates
Media
-50 °C…+125 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+85 °C ±0.15% FS
Accuracy
Part number key Type
G
S
4
2
0
0
U
S
B
X
X
X
X
-1…2,5
0
0…16
0
2
.
5
0
1
0…100
6
0
1
0
0
0…400
0
4
0
0
0…1500
1
5
0
0
0…2000
2
0
0
0
0…4000
4
0
0
0
X
X
Output USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 full speed connection Electrical connection Mating to USB mini B socket Pressure range bar
Process connection G 1/4
A
B
NPT 1/4
A
M
Autoclave F-250-C female (for pressure above 1500 bar)
D
E
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE SENSORS 59
Pressure sensors Wireless sensors
Technical data
Type PR9500
PR9500 Wireless 433.92 MHz
Output
• Licence free radio transmission • Full stainless steel housing
Supply voltage
3.2 V dc lithium lhionyl chloride battery or 8 – 30 V dc supply
Body material
SAE 316L stainless steel
Pressure connection
G 1/2 or NPT 1/2
Electrical connection
4 – 8 mm cable gland SAE 316L stainless steel & titanium alloy diaphragm
Wetted parts Temperature range
• Up to 1500 bar
Media Ambient
-20 °C…+125 °C -20 °C…+55 °C ≤ ±0.3% of span BFSL
Accuracy
Part number key Type
P
R
9
5
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
-1…0
V
0
0
1
0…0,5
0
0
.
5
0…1
0
0
0
1
0…10
0
0
1
0
0…25
0
0
2
5
0…100
0
1
0
0
0…250
0
2
5
0
0…700
0
7
0
0
0…1500
1
5
0
0
X
X
A
C
Output Radio transmission, radio receiver 2 wires Electrical conection/option Cable gland IP68
-
M20 conduit
M
Pressure range bar
Process connection G 1/2
Wireless receiver Type RX9500
Electrical connections
Technical data
Dimensions (mm)
100
FM receiver
Sensitivity
-110dBm (range of 200m line-of-sight)
Identification address
200
128 seconds before alarm output is activated
Alarm output
Open drain switch, maximum current 250mA
Analogue output
Resolution Power requirements 120
Mounting detail
Current requirements Housing Dimensions
LINK Vac Vac 230 V ac/50Hz
-I out +I out -V out +V out -Alarm +Alarm -Battery +Battery
Weight PX921-R Metal lath and plaster wall
Operating temperature Storage temperature Antenna
Wooden block 50 mm minimum
4-20mA, 0.2-2.0Vdc 8.5Vdc Better than 0.05% (12 Bit) 10/240V, 50-60Hz or 10.5-30Vdc 32mAdc High impact polycarbonate, rated to IP65 200 x 120 x 75mm Approx. 2lbs -10ºC…+60ºC -20ºC…+65ºC ¼ wave helical in plastic moulding
Rf connector
External BNC
Cable entry
IP65 nylon cable gland for cable diameter 4-8mm
Electrical connections Wire size
60 PRESSURE SENSORS
8 Bit, 256 selectable combinations
Communication watchdog
Output compliance
75
Order code: RX9500
Radio type
Screw terminal plug and socket From 0.5 – 1.5 mm For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure sensors Pressure sensors accessories Cooling coil adapter
The ADHT Cooling coil adaptor provides thermal isolation for pressure sensors from hot liquid or gas media. It is an ideal solution for applications where the media temperature exceeds the rating of a pressure sensor. The Cooling Coil adapter will reduce the temperature of the media approximately one fifth before it makes contact with the transducer sensing element. The ADHT can be used with media up to 200 °C and with pressure ranges up to 400bar max. Constructed entirely from 316L stainless steel, it offers a simple yet effective solution to high temperature applications when used with ESI pressure sensors.
Part number
Connection to sensor
Process connection
ADHT25
1/4 female
1/4 male DIN3852-A
ADHT25-E
1/4 female
1/4 male DIN3852-E with FKM gasket
ADHT50
1/4 female
1/2 male
Pressure sensors accessories Plug-in display
The PM1000 series is a 4 digit LED plug-on display for use with sensors with 4 – 20 mA 2 wire output and fitted with DIN43650 connector. It provides a local display for a multitude of applications. The plug-on display simply fits between the sensor plug and connecting cable socket and is powered from the 4 – 20 mA current loop signal of the transmitter. No additional power source is required.
Part number
Output
PM1000
Standard plug-in display
PM1001
Plug-in display with single set point
Pressure sensors accessories Cooling element
Intended to protect the pressure instrument from high process temperature. The cooling element recommended with directly mounted instruments at process temperatures in excess of 100 °C. Due to circulating air and thermal radiation the cooling element leads to cooling the liquid media and reduces the heating of the gauge. Increased medium temperature can lead to wrong measured values and to the damage of the pressure gauge.
• PN400 • Temp max 250 °C
Cooling element Stainless steel G 1/2, G 1/2 male/female
Part number AZM16X031001
Cooling element Stainless steel 1/2 NPT male/female For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
AZM16X031004 PRESSURE SENSORS 61
Pressure gauges
62
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Introduction to pressure gauges
64
Standard pressure gauges
64
Heavy duty pressure gauges
67
Differential gauges
69
Digital pressure gauge
70
Contact pressure gauge
71
Pressure measuring equipment for sport divers
72
Accessories 72
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
63
Pressure gauges Introduction to pressure gauges OEM Automatic offers a range of pressure gauges from 40 mm up to 160 mm diameter in various housing materials. Standard ranges start from -1 up to 1000 bar and can be glycerine filled with radial bottom, back mount centric and back mount eccentric.
Special versions include differential pressure, digital display, gauges with contacts and diving specific gauges.
Standard pressure gauges
Technical data
Ø40, Ø50, Ø63, Ø100 mm
Media temperature
-20 °C…+60 °C; -40 °C…+60 °C (P1444 & P1446) G 1/8 to G 1/2
Connection
Copper alloy
Measuring element
• Compact
Plexiglass clipped on
Window
• Connection bottom/back
-1…0 up to 0…400 bar
Pressure range
• Plastic and metal housing
Housing
Plastic (black)
Plastic (black)
Plastic (black)
Plastic (black)
Plastic (black)
Plastic (black)
Plastic (black)
Steel case (black)
Diameter
40 mm
40 mm
50 mm
50 mm
63 mm
63 mm
100 mm
100 mm
Model
P1410
P1415
P1420
P1425
P1430
P1435
P1444
P1446
Thread
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/2
G 1/4
-1…0
P1410B016001
P1415B016001
P1420B016001
P1425B016001
P1430B016001
P1435B016001
P1444B016001
P1446B016001
-1…+0,6
P1410B042901
P1415B042901
P1420B042901
-
P1430B042001
P1435B042901
P1444B042001
P1446B042001
-1…+1,5
P1410B043001
P1415B043001
P1420B043001
P1425B043001
P1430B043001
P1435B043001
P1444B043001
-
-1…+3
-
P1415B044001
P1420B044001
P1425B044001
P1430B044001
P1435B044001
P1444B044001
-
-1…+5
P1410B045001
P1415B045001
P1420B045001
P1425B045001
P1430B045001
P1435B045001
P1444B045001
-
-1…+9
-
P1415B046901
P1420B046901
P1425B046901
P1430B046001
P1435B046001
P1444B046001
-
-1…+15
P1410B049901
P1415B049901
P1420B049901
P1425B049901
P1430B049001
P1435B049901
-
P1446B049901
Range (bar)
-
P1415B069001
P1420B069001
P1425B069001
P1430B069001
P1435B069001
P1444B069001
P1446B069001
0…1,6
P1410B070001
P1415B070001
P1420B070001
P1425B070001
P1430B070001
P1435B070001
-
P1446B070901
0…2,5
P1410B072001
P1415B072001
P1420B072001
P1425B072001
P1430B072001
P1435B072001
P1444B072001
P1446B072001
0…4
P1410B073001
P1415B073001
P1420B073001
P1425B073001
P1430B073001
P1435B073001
P1444B073001
P1446B073001
0…6
P1410B074001
P1415B074001
P1420B074001
P1425B074001
P1430B074001
P1435B074001
-
P1446B074001
0…10
P1410B075001
P1415B075001
P1420B075001
P1425B075001
P1430B075001
P1435B075001
P1444B075001
P1446B075001
0…16
P1410B076001
P1415B076001
P1420B076001
P1425B076001
P1430B076001
P1435B076001
P1444B076001
P1446B076001
0…25
P1410B078001
P1415B078001
P1420B078001
P1425B078001
P1430B078001
P1435B078001
P1444B078001
P1446B078001
0…40
P1410B079001
P1415B079001
P1420B079001
P1425B079001
P1430B079001
P1435B079001
P1444B079001
P1446B079901
0…60
P1410B080901
P1415B080001
P1420B080001
P1425B080001
P1430B080001
P1435B080001
P1444B080001
P1446B080901
0…100
P1410B081901
P1415B081901
P1420B081001
P1425B081001
P1430B081001
P1435B081001
P1444B081001
P1446B081901
0…160
P1410B082901
P1415B082901
P1420B082001
P1425B082001
P1430B082001
P1435B082001
P1444B082001
P1446B082901
0…250
P1410B084901
P1415B084901
P1420B084001
P1425B084001
P1430B084001
P1435B084001
P1444B084001
P1446B084901
0…400
-
P1415B086901
P1420B086001
P1425B086001
P1430B086001
P1435B086001
P1444B086001
P1446B086901
0…1
64 PRESSURE GAUGES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure gauges Standard pressure gauges Ø80, Ø160 mm
• Plastic & metal housing • Connection bottom/back
Technical data Media temperature
-40 °C…+60 °C
Connection
G 1/4 to G 1/2
Measuring element
Copper alloy Plexiglass clipped on
Window
-1…0 up to 0…400 bar
Pressure range
• Copper alloy measuring system
Housing
Plastic (black)
Plastic (black)
Steel case (black)
Diameter
80 mm
80 mm
160 mm
Model
P1440
P1442
P1495
Thread
G 1/2
G 1/4
G 1/2
-1…0
P1440B016001
–
–
-1…+0,6
P1440B042901
–
–
-1…+1,5
P1440B043001
P1442B043901
–
-1…+3
P1440B044001
–
–
-1…+5
P1440B045001
–
–
-1…+9
P1440B046001
–
–
-1…+15
P1440B049001
–
–
0…0,6
P1440B067001
P1442B067901
P1495B067002
0…1
P1440B069001
P1442B069901
P1495B069002
0…1,6
P1440B070001
P1442B070901
P1495B070002
0…2,5
P1440B072001
P1442B072001
P1495B072002
0…4
P1440B073001
P1442B073001
P1495B073002
0…6
P1440B074001
P1442B074001
P1495B074002
0…10
P1440B075001
P1442B075001
P1495B075002
0…16
P1440B076001
P1442B076001
P1495B076002
0…25
P1440B078001
P1442B078001
P1495B078002
0…40
P1440B079001
P1442B079901
P1495B079002
0…60
P1440B080001
P1442B080001
–
0…100
P1440B081001
–
–
0…160
P1440B082001
P1442B082901
–
0…250
P1440B084001
P1442B084901
–
0…400
P1440B086001
P1442B086901
–
Range (bar)
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE GAUGES 65
Pressure gauges Standard pressure gauges
Technical data
Ø63 glycerine filled
-25 °C…+60 °C
Media temperature
G 1/4
Connection Measuring element
• Single & dual scale
Copper alloy up to 40 bar, ≥ 40 bar stainless steel 316L Plexiglass
Window
• Stainless steel & plastic housing options
-1…0 up to 0…1000 bar
Pressure range
• Optional mounting bracket
Housing
Stainless steel 1.4301
Stainless steel 1.4301
Plastic (black)
Plastic (black)
Diameter
63 mm
63 mm
63 mm
63 mm
Model
P1454
P1453 includes mounting bracket
P1450
P1452
Range (bar) -1…0
P1454B016001
P1453B016002
P1450B016001
P1452B016001
-1…+0,6
P1454B042901
P1453B042902
P1450B042001
P1452B042901
-1…+1,5
P1454B043001
P1453B043902
P1450B043001
P1452B043001
-1…+3
P1454B044001
P1453B044902
P1450B044001
P1452B044901
-1…+5
P1454B045001
P1453B045902
P1450B045001
P1452B045001
-1…+9
P1454B046901
P1453B046902
P1450B046001
P1452B046901
-1…+15
P1454B049901
P1453B049902
P1450B049001
P1452B049001
0…1
P1454B069002 (dual scale)
P1453B069004 (dual scale)
P1450B069002 (dual scale)
P1452B069003 (dual scale)
0…1,6
P1454B070002 (dual scale)
P1453B070004 (dual scale)
P1450B070002 (dual scale)
P1452B070003 (dual scale)
0…2,5
P1454B072002 (dual scale)
P1453B072004 (dual scale)
P1450B072002 (dual scale)
P1452B072003 (dual scale)
0…4
P1454B073002 (dual scale)
P1453B073004 (dual scale)
P1450B073002 (dual scale)
P1452B073003 (dual scale)
0…6
P1454B074002 (dual scale)
P1453B074004 (dual scale)
P1450B074002 (dual scale)
P1452B074003 (dual scale)
0…10
P1454B075002 (dual scale)
P1453B075004 (dual scale)
P1450B075002 (dual scale)
P1452B075003 (dual scale)
0…16
P1454B076002 (dual scale)
P1453B076004 (dual scale)
P1450B076002 (dual scale)
P1452B076003 (dual scale)
0…25
P1454B078002 (dual scale)
P1453B078004 (dual scale)
P1450B078002 (dual scale)
P1452B078003 (dual scale)
0…40
P1454B079002 (dual scale)
P1453B079004 (dual scale)
P1450B079002 (dual scale)
P1452B079003 (dual scale)
0…60
P1454B080002 (dual scale)
P1453B080004 (dual scale)
P1450B080002 (dual scale)
P1452B080003 (dual scale)
0…100
P1454B081002 (dual scale)
P1453B081004 (dual scale)
P1450B081002 (dual scale)
P1452B081003 (dual scale)
0…160
P1454B082002 (dual scale)
P1453B082004 (dual scale)
P1450B082002 (dual scale)
P1452B082003 (dual scale)
0…250
P1454B084002 (dual scale)
P1453B084004 (dual scale)
P1450B084002 (dual scale)
P1452B084003 (dual scale)
0…400
P1454B086002 (dual scale)
P1453B086004 (dual scale)
P1450B086002 (dual scale)
P1452B086003 (dual scale)
0…600
P1454B087002 (dual scale)
P1453B087004 (dual scale)
P1450B087001
P1452B087001
0…1000
P1454B088002 (dual scale)
P1453B088904 (dual scale
P1450B088001
P1452B088001
66 PRESSURE GAUGES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure gauges Heavy duty pressure gauges
Technical data
Ø80, Ø100 stainless steel, with or without glycerine
-25 °C…+60 °C
Media temperature
G 1/2
Connection Measuring element
• Stainless steel case
Copper alloy up to 40 bar, ≥ 40 bar stainless steel 316L Plexiglass
Window
• Copper alloy measuring system
-1…0 up to 0…600 bar
Pressure range
• Up to 600 bar
Housing
Stainless steel 1.4301
Stainless steel 1.4301
Stainless steel 1.4301 case
Stainless steel 1.4301 case
Diameter
80 mm
80 mm
80 mm
80 mm
100 mm
100 mm
100 mm
100 mm
Model
P1520
P1521
P1764
P1768
P1533
P1534
P1778
P1779
Glycerine filled
Glycerine filled
Glycerine filled
Glycerine filled P1779B015904
Range (bar) -0,6…0
P1520B015901
P1521B015901
P1764B015901
P1768B015901
P1533B015001
P1534B015901
–
-1…0
P1520B016001
P1521B016001
P1764B016901
P1768B016901
P1533B016001
P1534B016001
–
–
-1…+0,6
P1520B042901
–
–
–
P1533B042001
P1534B042901
–
P1779B042904
-1…+1,5
P1520B043901
P1521B043901
P1764B043901
–
P1533B043001
P1534B043901
–
–
-1…+3
P1520B044901
P1521B044901
P1764B044901
P1768B044001
P1533B044001
P1534B044901
P1778B044002
P1779B044904
-1…+5
P1520B045901
P1521B045901
P1764B045901
–
P1533B045001
P1534B045901
P1778B045002
P1779B045904
-1…+9
P1520B046901
–
P1764B046901
–
P1533B046001
–
P1778B046002
P1779B046904
-1…+15
–
P1521B049901
P1764B049901
–
P1533B049001
P1534B049901
P1778B049002
P1779B049904
0…0,6
P1520B067901
P1521B067901
P1764B067901
P1768B067901
P1533B067001
P1534B067001
–
P1779B067904
0…1
P1520B069001
P1521B069001
P1764B069901
P1768B069901
P1533B069001
P1534B069001
–
–
0…1,6
P1520B070001
P1521B070001
P1764B070901
–
P1533B070001
P1534B070001
–
P1779B070004
0…2,5
P1520B072001
P1521B072001
P1764B072901
P1768B072901
P1533B072001
P1534B072001
–
P1779B072004
0…4
P1520B073001
P1521B073001
P1764B073901
P1768B073901
P1533B073001
P1534B073001
P1778B073002
P1779B073004
0…6
P1520B074001
P1521B074001
P1764B074901
P1768B074901
P1533B074001
P1534B074001
P1778B074002
P1779B074004
0…10
P1520B075001
P1521B075001
P1764B075901
P1768B075901
P1533B075001
P1534B075001
P1778B075002
P1779B075004
0…16
P1520B076001
P1521B076001
P1764B076901
P1768B076901
P1533B076001
P1534B076001
P1778B076002
P1779B076004
0…25
P1520B078001
P1521B078001
P1764B078901
P1768B078901
P1533B078001
P1534B078001
P1778B078002
P1779B078004
0…40
P1520B079001
P1521B079001
P1764B079901
P1768B079901
P1533B079001
P1534B079001
P1778B079002
P1779B079004
0…60
P1520B080001
P1521B080001
P1764B080901
P1768B080901
P1533B080001
P1534B080001
P1778B080002
P1779B080004
0…100
P1520B081001
P1521B081901
P1764B081901
–
P1533B081001
P1534B081001
P1778B081002
P1779B081004
0…160
P1520B082001
P1521B082901
–
P1768B082901
P1533B082001
P1534B082001
P1778B082002
P1779B082004
0…250
P1520B084001
P1521B084901
P1764B084901
P1768B084901
P1533B084001
P1534B084001
P1778B084002
P1779B084004
0…400
P1520B086901
P1521B086901
P1764B086901
P1768B086901
P1533B086001
P1534B086001
P1778B086002
P1779B086004
0…600
P1520B087901
–
P1764B087901
P1768B087901
P1533B087001
P1534B087001
P1778B087002
P1779B0876004
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE GAUGES 67
Pressure gauges Heavy duty pressure gauges
Technical data
Ø160 stainless steel
Media temperature Connection
• Heavy duty
Measuring element
• Bezel in stainless steel
Window
• 1.0 to EN 837-1 accuracy class
Pressure range
-20 °C…+60 °C G 1/2 Copper alloy up to 100 bar; ≥100 bar stainless steel 1.4571 Glass lens -1…0 up to 0…1000 bar
• High reliability
Housing
Stainless steel 1.4301
Stainless steel 1.4301
Diameter
160 mm
160 mm
P1531
P1536
-1…0
P1531B016001
P1536B016002
-1…+0,6
P1531B042901
P1536B042902
-1…+1,5
P1531B043001
P1536B043902
-1…+3
P1531B044001
P1536B044902
-1…+5
P1531B045001
P1536B045902
-1…+9
P1531B046901
P1536B046902
-1…+15
P1531B049901
P1536B049902
0…1
P1531B069002
P1536B069004
0…1,6
P1531B070002
P1536B070004
0…2,5
P1531B072002
P1536B072004
0…4
P1531B073002
P1536B073004
0…6
P1531B074002
P1536B074004
0…10
P1531B075002
P1536B075004
0…16
P1531B076002
P1536B076004
0…25
P1531B078002
P1536B078004
0…40
P1531B079002
P1536B079004
0…60
P1531B080002
P1536B080004
0…100
P1531B081002
P1536B081004
0…160
P1531B082002
P1536B082004
0…250
P1531B084002
P1536B084004
0…400
P1531B086002
P1536B086004
0…600
P1531B087002
P1536B087004
0…1000
P1531B088002
P1536B088904
Model
Range (bar)
68 PRESSURE GAUGES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure gauges Differential gauges
Technical data
Ø100, Ø160 mm
Media temperature Connection Measuring element
• Dual scale
Window
• Pressure range up to 600 bar
Pressure range
-20 °C…+60 °C 2 x G 1/2 Copper alloy up to 100 bar, ≥ 100 bar stainless steel Glass lens 0…0,6 up to 0…600 bar
• Shows static pressure for both sides
Housing
Steel black or stainless steel (depending on type)
Steel black
Diameter
100 mm
160 mm
Model
P2630
P2635
Thread
2 x G 1/2
2 x G 1/2
0…0,6
P2630B067001
P2635B067001
0…1
P2630B069001
P2635B069001
0…1,6
P2630B070001
P2635B070001
0…2,5
P2630B072001
P2635B072001
0…4
P2630B073001
P2635B073001
0…6
P2630B074001
P2635B074001
0…10
P2630B075001
P2635B075001
0…16
P2630B076001
P2635B076001
0…25
P2630B078901
P2635B078901
0…40
P2630B079901
P2635B079901
0…60
P2630B080901
–
0…100
P2630B081901
–
0…160
P2630B082901
–
0…250
P2630B084901
–
0…400
P2630B086901
–
0…600
P2630B087901
–
Range (bar)
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE GAUGES 69
Pressure gauges Digital pressure gauge
Technical data
Ø83 stainless steel
Display
P3961
P3962
LCD 4 digits
2 x LCD 4½ digits G 1/4
Connection Housing
• Accuracy 0.5% FS • Battery operation • Pressure range from -1…+2 bar to 0…700 bar
Stainless steel 1.4301 (optional protective cap)
Measuring element
Ceramic measuring cell ≤50 bar (alumina & NBR) Thin-film type measuring cell ≥100 bar
Media temperature
-30 °C…+85 °C (-30 °C…+100 °C ≥100 bar)
Ambient temperature
-10 °C…+60 °C 83 mm
Diameter
Housing
Stainless steel 1.4301
Stainless steel 1.4301
Diameter
83 mm
83 mm
Model
P3961
P3962
-1…+2
P3961B101001
P3962B101001
-1…+5
P3961B045001
–
-1…+10
P3961B047001
–
0…2
P3961B071001
P3962B071001
0…5
P3961B121001
P3962B121001
0…10
P3961B075001
P3962B075001
0…20
P3961B077001
P3962B077001
0…50
P3961B785001
P3962B785001
0…100
P3961B081001
P3962B081001
0…160
P3961B082001
P3962B082001
0…250
P3961B084001
P3962B084001
0…400
P3961B086001
P3962B086001
0…600
P3961B087001
P3962B087001
0…700
P3961B104001
P3962B104001
Range (bar)
70 PRESSURE GAUGES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure gauges Contact pressure gauge
Technical data
Ø100 mm
Bezel ring
Bayonet ring (stainless steel)
Connection
G 1/2
Housing
• Heavy duty • Copper alloy measuring system • NO and NC contacts • Up to 4 contacts
Stainless steel 1.4301
Measuring element
Copper alloy/bourdon tube up to 100 bar, stainless steel 316L/spiral spring ≥100 bar
Media temperature
-20 °C…+80 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C…+60 °C
Window Number of contacts Diameter
Polycarbonate 1 – 4 depending on measuring range 100 mm
Housing
Stainless steel 1.4301
Stainless steel 1.4301
Diameter
100 mm
100 mm
P1601
P1611
-1…0
P1601B016001
P1611B016904
-1…+0,6
P1601B042902
P1611B042904
-1…+1,5
P1601B043902
P1611B043904
-1…+3
P1601B044902
P1611B044904
-1…+5
P1601B045902
P1611B045904
-1…+9
P1601B046902
P1611B046904
-1…+15
P1601B049902
P1611B049904
0…1
P1601B069902
P1611B069904
0…1,6
P1601B070902
P1611B070904
0…2,5
P1601B072001
P1611B072001
0…4
P1601B073001
P1611B073001
0…6
P1601B074001
P1611B074001
0…10
P1601B075001
P1611B075001
0…16
P1601B076001
P1611B076001
0…25
P1601B078001
P1611B078001
0…40
P1601B079001
P1611B079001
0…60
P1601B080001
P1611B080001
0…100
P1601B081001
P1611B081001
0…160
P1601B082001
P1611B082001
0…250
P1601B084001
P1611B084001
0…400
P1601B086001
P1611B086001
0…600
P1601B087001
P1611B087001
0…1000
P1601B088902
P1611B088904
Model
Range (bar)
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
PRESSURE GAUGES 71
Pressure gauges Pressure measuring equipment for sport divers As a manufacturer of pressure measuring equipment Tecsis is also active in the field of scuba diving. There are designs available for breathing gas cylinder pressure and diving depth measurement. The gauges indicate the breathing gas cylinder pressure and the diving depth. The P1181 has two display ranges 60 m and or 70 m. Depending on construction the P1181 fulfils requirements according to DIN EN 13319. The gauges are supplied with drag pointer equipment. The P1186 is available with 400 bar measuring range and 270° scale. Measuring units are MPa or psi. The gauge fulfils all safety requirements according to EN 250.
Model P1181
Technical data Range
• For submerged depth of 60 m and/or 70 m • With drag pointer • Compact design
Model P1181
• Shock-resistant window
Model P1186
Accuracy
DIN 13319
Housing
PC/ABS
Measuring element
Copper alloy, CuBe
Media temperature
-3 °C…+20 °C
Ambient temperature
-10 °C…+70 °C
Window
Polycarbonate
Diameter
50 mm
Technical data Range Accuracy
• For diving depth of up to 100 m • Constructions for Nitro X
72 PRESSURE GAUGES
60 m, 70 m up to final value
0 – 400 bar EN 250
Housing
Brass, nickel plated
Measuring element
Copper alloy, CuSn
Media temperature
-10 °C…+70 °C
• Compact design
Ambient temperature
-10 °C…+70 °C
• Shock-resistant window
Window
Polycarbonate
Diameter
50 mm
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Chemical seals Diaphragm type chemical seal "Compact"
Process connection: flange to DIN 2 501 or flange to ANSI B 16.5 • Compact design with internal diaphragm for DN 25 and 1"
• Special materials for extreme service requirements • For media up to 400 °C
• Flush diaphragm at the front for DN 40 and 1½" • Overload protection by diaphragm bed
• Mountable on instrumentation and control equipment
• Diaphragms in special materials metallicly bonded
• Pressure ranges 0…25 mbar to 0…250 bar
Diaphragm type chemical seal "Quick coupling" Process connection : union nut or thread neck to DIN 11 851, SMS-, IDF-,APV/RJT-Norm or clamp • Various process connections
• Foodstuffs compatible filling liquids
• Quick coupling
• Special materials for extreme service requirements
• Flush diaphragm at the front
• Pressure ranges 0…0,6 bar to 0…40 bar
Miniature diaphragm seal with process connection Process connection : thread, rigid or union nut • Compact dimensions
• For media up to 400 °C
• Various process connections
• Special materials for extreme service requirements
• Flush diaphragm at the front
• Pressure ranges 0...10 bar to 0...600 bar
Rubber gauge protector
Used to protect the pressure gauge from impacts and blows • Ø 63 mm – Red or blue • Ø 80 mm – Blue • Ø 100 mm – Blue or black
Customised gauge face design 100 50
• Logos
S
• Coloured markers • Multi-coloured graduations 0
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
bar Use no Oil
150 160 Cl.1.6
PRESSURE GAUGES 73
Solenoid valves
74
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Introduction 76 2/2 direct operated 1/4
77
2/2 direct operated 1/4
78
2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2
79
2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 3/4
80
2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1
81
3/2 direct operated 1/4
82
2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1½
83
2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2
84
2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1
85
2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1
86
2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2½
87
272 series
262 series
238 series
210 series (vacuum)
238 series anti-water hammer
370 series
210 series hung diaphragm
210 series floating diaphragm
L282 series
L182 series
E290 series
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
75
Solenoid valves Solenoid and pressure operated valve technology Function, terminology and construction types Fig. 1
Solenoid valve terminology (Fig 1) Bleed orifice or bleedhole
Core spring
Small orifice that allows the inlet flow to pressurise the top side of the diaphragm or piston providing the seating force for tight closure.
Spring which keeps the core in fixed position when the coil is de-energised.
Bonnet Screwed plug or bolted cover on the valve body on which the core tube with inner parts is fitted.
Coil Electrical part of the valve consisting of a spool wound with insulated copper wire creating a magnetic flux when energised. The coil is held in place on the tube with a retaining clip.
Core Soft-magnetic plugnut moved by magnetic forces (flux generated by the coil).
Core tube Stainless steel tube closed at one end, installed to improve the magnetic flux of the solenoid coil upon energisation.
Shading coil Ring inserted in the core side surface of the plugnut to limit vibration of the core in AC constructions. Shading coils are normally made of copper, but silver is also used. No shading coil is required in DC constructions.
Diaphragm Moving element of a type AD valve which provides for the vertical movement of the operator stem via the pressure supplied by the pilot valve.
Pilot orifice Orifice located in the centre of a diaphragm or a piston of pilot operated valves, opened or closed by the core.
Technical specification (Fig 2) Bonnet, cover
Disc seal
Cover which is screwed on to protect the operator (valve series 290/390). It generally contains the optical position indicator and keeps the internal parts in place.
Sealing element of the valve.
Disc, valve disc Sealing material on the core or disc-holder which shuts off the seat orifice.
Disc holder Valve part, actuated by the core, in which the sealing disc is inserted.
Disc spring
of
the
seat/disc
Piston Moving element of a type 290/390/298 valve which provides for the vertical movement of the operator stem via the pressure supplied by the pilot valve.
Stem Moving element the valve disc.
to
open
and
Enclosure containing chevrons to form a operator stem.
Plugnut
Valve seal
Stationary core pressed in the closed end of the core tube, installed to improve the magnetic flux of the solenoid coil upon energisation.
Ensures internal/external leak-tightness.
Sealing material on the core or disc-holder which shuts off the seat orifice.
76 SOLENOID VALVES
close
Stuffing box
Spring in the disc holder which provides a positive closing action to the disc.
Disc, valve disc
Fig. 2
reinforced PTFE seal around the
Wiper seal Designed to exclude foreign debris from contaminating the stuffing box.
Yoke Part of the operator which serves as a support for the piston or diaphragm (valve type AD). For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Solenoid valves 2/2 direct operated 1/4
Technical data
272 series
Brass
Stainless steel
Air, inert gas, water, oil
Media Pressure Minimum
0 bar
Maximum
40 bar
Differential
0 °C…40 bar
• Brass & stainless steel • NO or NC versions
8 – 20 m/s
Response time
• 0…40 bar
40 cSt (mm2/s)
Maximum viscosity Temperature Media
-25 °C…+80 °C
Ambient
-25 °C…+60 °C
Standard voltages dc (=)
24 V – 48 V
ac (~)
24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz
Materials Brass
AISI 316L (1.4404)
Internal parts
Body
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Springs
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Seat
Brass & stainless steel
Stainless steel
Seals
NBR
NBR
Copper
Copper
Shading coil
Flow coefficient Kv
Part number NC – normally closed
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS
Pipe size
Orifice
Brass
Stainless steel
G
mm
~
=
~
=
~
=
SCE272A016
SCE272A046
G 1/4
2
0.11
1.8
0
40
40
40
40
10.5
11.2
SCE272A017
SCE272A047
G 1/4
2.7
0.22
3.6
0
40
15
40
15
10.5
11.2
SCE272A018
SCE272A048
G 1/4
3.8
0.32
5.3
0
20
8
20
8
10.5
11.2
SCE272A019
SCE272A049
G 1/4
4.5
0.42
7
0
16
5
16
5
10.5
11.2
SCE272A020
SCE272A050
G 1/4
5.5
0.63
10.5
0
10
2
10
2
10.5
11.2
Pipe size
Orifice
3
m /h
l/min
Min
Flow coefficient Kv
Part number NO – normally open Brass
Stainless steel
G
mm
SCE272A022
SCE272A052
G 1/4
2.5
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Air
water/oil
Power coil (W)
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS
m3/h
l/min
Min
0.2
3.3
0
Air
water/oil
Power coil (W)
~
=
~
=
~
=
20
20
10
10
10.5
11.2
SOLENOID VALVES 77
Solenoid valves 2/2 direct operated 1/4
Technical data
262 series
Brass Air, inert gas, water, oil
Media Pressure
• High pressure fluids
Minimum
0 bar
Maximum
100 bar
Differential
0…100 bar range
• Optional vacuum version
Response time
• Max pressure 100 bar
Maximum viscosity
5 – 25 m/s 65 cSt (mm2/s)
Temperature
• ac/dc versions
NBR (nitrile) -20 °C…+90 °C, UR (cast urethane) -20 °C…+40 °C
Media Ambient
-20 °C…+75 °C maximum (depending on type)
Standard voltages dc (=)
24 V – 48 V
ac (~)
24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz
Materials Body
Part number NC – normally closed, NBR seals and disc
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Orifice
G
mm
SCG262C019
G 1/4
SCG262C020 SCG262C021
Brass
Internal parts
Stainless steel
Springs
Stainless steel
Seat
Brass
Seals
NBR, UR
Shading coil
Copper
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS
m3/h
l/min
Min
~
=
~
=
~
=
~
=
1.2
0.05
0.8
0
50
35
50
35
35
35
6
9.7
G 1/4
2.4
0.17
2.8
0
25
10
25
8
11
8
6
9.7
G 1/4
2.4
0.17
2.8
0
35
15
35
10
20
10
9
15.3
SCG262C022
G 1/4
3.2
0.3
5
0
9
4
11
4
6
4
6
9.7
SCG262C023
G 1/4
3.2
0.3
5
0
15
7
16
6
11
6
9
15.3
SCG262D232
G 1/4
3.2
0.3
5
0
20
5
20
4
13
4
10.5
11.2
SCG262C202
G 1/4
4
0.43
7.2
0
12
2.5
13
2.5
10
3
10.5
11.2
SCG262C208
G 1/4
5.6
0.62
10.3
0
6.5
1.7
6.5
1.7
6.5
1.7
10.5
11.2
SCG262C013
G 1/4
5.6
0.73
12.2
0
2.5
1.2
3.0
1.3
2.5
1.3
6
9.7
SCG262C090
G 1/4
7.1
0.82
13.7
0
1.8
1
2.5
1
1.9
1
6
9.7
SCG262C210
G 1/4
7.1
0.75
12.5
0
4
1.2
5
1
4
1.2
10.5
11.2
SCG262B212
G 1/4
7.1
0.75
12.5
0
6
1.7
6.5
1.3
6
1.3
16.7
19.7
Brass
Part number NC – normally closed, NBR seals and UR disc Brass SCG262D200
Part number NO – normally open, NBR seals and disc Brass
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Orifice
G
mm
G 1/4
1.2
Pipe
Orifice
m /h 3
0.05
l/min
0.8
Air
Water
Oil
Power coil (W)
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min
0
Flow coefficient Kv
Air
Water
Oil
Power coil (W)
~
=
~
=
~
=
~
=
100
32
100
32
75
30
10.5
11.2
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS
m3/h
l/min
Min
Air
Water
Oil
Power coil (W)
~
=
~
=
~
=
~
=
5
0
9
5.5
7
4
6.5
4
10.5
11.2
G
mm
SCG262A262
G 1/4
3.2
0.3
SCG262A263
G 1/4
4
0.43
7.2
0
5.5
3
5
2
4
2
10.5
11.2
SCG262A264
G 1/4
5.6
0.73
12.2
0
3
1.7
2.5
1.3
2.5
1.3
10.5
11.2
SCG262A265
G 1/4
7.1
0.82
13.7
0
2
1
1.7
1
1.3
1
10.5
11.2
Pipe
Orifice
Part number NO – normally open, NBR seals and UR disc
Flow coefficient Kv
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS
m3/h
l/min
Min
Air
Water
Oil
Power coil (W)
G
mm
~
=
~
=
~
=
~
=
SCG262A260
G 1/4
1.2
0.05
0.8
0
50
35
50
45
50
50
10.5
11.2
SCG262A261
G 1/4
2.4
0.17
2.8
0
20
13
20
10
10
9
10.5
11.2
Brass
78 SOLENOID VALVES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2
Technical data
238 series
Brass DN ≤ 25 air, inert gas, water DN ≥ 25 air, water
Media Pressure Minimum
• Floating diaphragm • Built in pilot
16 bar (depending on type)
Differential
0.3…16 bar (depending on type) 3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1¼
1½
2
Opening time (ms)
25
30
55
70
300
300
1500
Closing time (ms)
40
90
110
200
Response time
• NO or NC versions
0.3 or 0.5 bar (depending on type)
Maximum
1000 1000 2000
40 cSt (mm2/s)
Maximum viscosity Temperature Media Ambient
-10 °C…+85 °C -10 °C…+60 °C (depending on type)
Standard voltages dc (=)
24 V – 48 V
ac (~)
24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz
Materials Body
Brass
Internal parts
Stainless steel & brass
Springs
Stainless steel
Diaphragm & valve disc
NBR
Seals & pilot disc
FPM
Shading coil
Part number NC – normally closed
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Orifice
G
mm
SCE238D001
G 3/8
12
SCE238D006
G 3/8
12
SCE238D002
G 1/2
12
SCE238D007
G 1/2
12
SCE238D003
G 1/2
15
SCE238D008
G 1/2
15
SCE238D004
G 3/4
20
SCE238D009
G 3/4
20
SCE238D005
G1
SCG238D016 SCG238D017 SCG238D018
G2
Brass
Part number NO – normally open
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS
m3/h
l/min
Min
2.4
40
0.3
2.4
40
0.3
4.2
70
0.3
6.6
110
0.3
25
9.9
165
0.3
G 1¼
30
15
250
G 1½
45
27
450
45
34
566
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Orifice
G
mm
SCG238D019
G 1¼
30
15
250
SCG238D020
G 1½
45
27
SCG238D021
G2
45
34
Brass
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
m /h 3
l/min
Copper
Air/water
Power coil (W)
~
=
~
=
10
10
4
6.9
16
16
5
5
10
10
4
6.9
16
16
5
5
10
10
4
6.9
16
16
5
5
10
10
4
6.9
16
16
5
5
10
10
4
6.9
0.5
10
10
8
9
0.5
10
10
8
9
0.5
10
10
8
9
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min
Air, water
Power coil (W)
~
=
~
=
0.5
10
10
12.5
9
450
0.5
9
9
12.5
9
566
0.5
9
9
12.5
9
SOLENOID VALVES 79
Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 3/4
Technical data
210 series (vacuum)
Brass Air, inert gas
Media Pressure Minimum absolute vacuum pressure
• Hung diaphragm
33.3 mbar or 1.33 103 or 1.33 106 (depending on type)
Differential
• Full vacuum
1 bar absolute 15 – 20 ms
Response time
40 cSt (mm2/s)
Maximum viscosity
• NO or NC versions
Temperature Media
NBR (nitrile) -20 °C…+85 °C, FPM -20 °C…+90 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+75 °C
Standard voltages dc (=) ac (~)
24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz
Materials Body
Brass
Core tube
Stainless steel
Core and plugnut
Stainless steel
Springs
Stainless steel
Seat
Brass
Seals, diaphragm & disc Disc holder (NO function)
NBR or FPM PA
Shading coil
Part number NC – normally closed, low vacuum range to 25 Torr, NBR seals
SCE210D095 Part number NC – normally closed, medium vacuum range to 10-3 Torr, NBR seals
SCE210D095VM Part number NC – normally closed, High vacuum range to 10-6 Torr, FPM seals
SCE210D095VH
Part number NO – normally open, low vacuum range to 25 Torr, NBR seals
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Orifice
Rp
mm
Rp 3/4
19
m3/h
5.2
l/min
87
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Orifice
Rp
mm
Rp 3/4
19
m3/h
5.2
l/min
87
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Orifice
Rp
mm
Rp 3/4
19
Orifice
Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS) Air
Power coil (W)
mbar (Torr)
~
=
33,3 (25)
10.5
-
Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS) Air
Power coil (W)
mbar (Torr)
~
=
1,33.10-3 (10-3)
10.5
-
Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS)
m3/h
l/min
Air mbar (Torr)
~
=
5.2
87
1,33.10-6 (10-6)
10.5
-
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Copper
m3/h
l/min
Power coil (W)
Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS) Air
Power coil (W)
Rp
mm
mbar (Torr)
~
=
SCE210C033
Rp 3/8
16
2.6
43
33,3 (25)
10.5
-
SCE210C034
Rp 1/2
16
3.4
57
33,3 (25)
10.5
-
SCE210C035
Rp 3/4
19
4.7
79
33,3 (25)
10.5
-
Part number NO – normally open, medium vacuum range to 10-3 Torr, NBR seals
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Orifice
m3/h
l/min
Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS) Air
Power coil (W)
Rp
mm
~
=
SCE210C033VM
Rp 3/8
16
2.6
43
1,33.10-3
(10-3)
10.5
-
SCE210C034VM
Rp 1/2
16
3.4
57
1,33.10-3
(10-3)
10.5
-
SCE210C035VM
Rp 3/4
19
4.7
79
1,33.10-3
(10-3)
10.5
-
Part number NO – normally open, high vacuum range to 10-6 Torr, NBR seals
mbar (Torr)
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Orifice
m3/h
l/min
Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS) Air
Power coil (W)
Rp
mm
~
=
SCE210C033VH
Rp 3/8
16
2.6
43
1,33.10-6
(10-6)
10.5
-
SCE210C034VH
Rp 1/2
16
3.4
57
1,33.10-6
(10-6)
10.5
-
SCE210C035VH
Rp 3/4
19
4.7
79
1,33.10-6
(10-6)
10.5
-
80 SOLENOID VALVES
mbar (Torr)
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1
Technical data
238 series (anti-water hammer)
Brass Water
Media Pressure
• EN 60730-2-8 (CENELEC) • FCI-82-1 (Fluid Controls Institute)
Minimum
0 bar
Maximum
10 bar
Differential
0 – 10 bar range 40 cSt (mm2/s)
Maximum viscosity
• Hung diaphragm
Temperature Media
• NC – normally closed
Ambient
-20 °C…+85 °C -20 °C…+75 °C (depending on type)
Standard voltages dc (=)
24 V – 48 V
ac (~)
24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz
Materials Body
Brass
Internal parts
Stainless steel
Springs
Stainless steel
Seals, diaphragm & disc
NBR
Shading coil
Part number NC – normally closed
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Orifice
G
mm
SCG238A044
G 3/8
12.5
2.1
35
SCG238A046
G 1/2
12.5
2.1
SCG238A047
G 1/2
19
4.2
SCG238A048
G 3/4
19
SCG238A049
G 3/4
SCG238A050
G1
Brass
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
m /h 3
l/min
Copper
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min
Water
Power coil (W)
~
=
~
=
0
10
10
6
15.3
35
0
10
10
6
15.3
70
0
10
10
6
15.3
4.5
75
0
10
10
6
15.3
25
10
166
0
10
10
9
15.3
25
10
166
0
10
10
9
15.3
SOLENOID VALVES 81
Solenoid valves 3/2 direct operated 1/4
Technical data
370 series
Brass
Stainless steel
Air, inert gas, water, oil
Media Pressure Minimum
0 bar
Maximum
16 bar
Differential
0…16 bar range
• N/O, N/C and universal operation • Brass & stainless steel versions
5 – 20 m/s
Response time
• Interchangeable coils
40 cSt (mm2/s)
Maximum viscosity Temperature Media
-25 °C…+80 °C
Ambient
-25 °C…+60 °C
Standard voltages dc (=)
24 V – 48 V
ac (~)
24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz
Materials Body Internal parts Springs
Brass
AISI 316L (1.4404)
Stainless steel, plastic
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Seat
Brass
Brass
Discs
NBR (FPM or EPDM)
NBR (FPM or EPDM)
O rings
VMQ
VMQ
Disc holder & core guide
POM
POM
Copper
Copper
Shading coil
Flow coefficient Kv
Part number NC – normally closed
Pipe size
Orifice
m /h 3
l/min
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min
water/oil
Power coil (W)
=
~
=
~
=
0
16
16
16
16
10.5
11.2
3.3
0
10
10
10
10
10.5
11.2
5
0
5
5
5
5
10.5
11.2
Stainless steel
G
mm
SCE370A016
SCE370A046
G 1/4
2
0.11
1.8
SCE370A017
SCE370A047
G 1/4
2.7
0.2
SCE370A018
SCE370A048
G 1/4
3.8
0.3
Pipe size
Orifice
Flow coefficient Kv
Part number U – universal
Air
~
Brass
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS
m3/h
l/min
Min
Air
water/oil
Power coil (W)
Brass
Stainless steel
G
mm
~
=
~
=
~
=
SCE370A026
SCE370A056
G 1/4
2
0.11
1.8
0
8
8
8
8
10.5
11.2
SCE370A027
SCE370A057
G 1/4
2.7
0.2
3.3
0
5
5
5
5
10.5
11.2
SCE370A028
SCE370A058
G 1/4
3.8
0.3
5
0
2
2
2
2
10.5
11.2
Flow coefficient Kv
Part number NO – normally open
Pipe size
Orifice
Brass
Stainless steel
G
mm
SCE370A051
SCE370A051
G 1/4
2
0.11
1.8
SCE370A052
SCE370A052
G 1/4
2.7
0.2
SCE370A053
SCE370A053
G 1/4
3.8
0.3
82 SOLENOID VALVES
m /h 3
l/min
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min
Air
water/oil
Power coil (W)
~
=
~
=
~
=
0
10
10
10
10
10.5
11.2
3.3
0
7
7
7
7
10.5
11.2
5
0
3
3
3
3
10.5
11.2
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1½
Technical data
210 series hung diaphragm
Brass
Stainless steel
Air, inert gas, water, oil
Media Pressure Minimum
9
Differential
0…9 bar
• Hung and floating diaphragm versions • Brass & stainless steel versions
0
Maximum
15 – 120 ms (depending on type)
Response time
• NO or NC versions
65 cSt (mm2/s)
Maximum viscosity Temperature Media
NBR (nitrile) -20 °C…+85 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+75 °C
Standard voltages dc (=)
24 V – 48 V
ac (~)
24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz
Materials Brass
AISI 304 SS
Core tube
Body
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Core and plugnut
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Springs
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Brass
Brass
NBR
NBR
Seat Seals, diaphragm & disc Disc holder (NO function) Shading coil
Flow coefficient Kv
Part number NC – normally closed Brass
Stainless steel
Pipe
Orifice
G
mm
m /h 3
l/min
PA
PA
Copper
Copper
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min
Air
Water
Oil
Power coil (W)
~
=
~
=
~
=
SCE210C093
–
Rp 3/8
16
2.6
43
0
9
3
9
3
-
-
10.5
11.2
SCE210C094
–
Rp 1/2
16
3.4
57
0
9
3
9
3
-
-
10.5
11.2
G 1/2
16
3.4
57
0
9
3
9
3
9
-
16.7
11.2
Rp 3/4
19
4.3
72
0
9
3
9
3
-
-
10.5
11.2
G 3/4
16
3.9
65
0
9
3
9
3
9
-
16.7
11.2
Rp 1
25
11.1
185
0
9
6
9
6
9
6
15.4
23
G1
25
9.6
160
0
9
7
9
7
9
5
15.4
23
– SCE210D095 – SCE210B154 (3) –
SCG210C087 – SCG210C088 – SCG210D189
SCE210B155 (3)
–
Rp 1¼
28
12.8
213
0
9
6
9
6
9
6
15.4
23
SCE210B156 (3)
–
Rp 1½
32
19.3
322
0
9
5
9
5
9
5
15.4
23
Flow coefficient Kv
Part number NO – normally open Brass
Stainless steel
Pipe
Orifice
G
mm
m /h 3
l/min
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min
Air
Water
Oil
Power coil (W)
~
=
~
=
~
=
SCE210C033
–
Rp 3/8
16
2.6
43
0
9
9
9
9
9
5
10.5
11.2
SCE210C034
–
Rp 1/2
16
3.4
57
0
9
9
9
9
9
5
10.5
11.2
NPT 1/2
16
2.6
43
0
9
9
9
9
7
5
10.5
11.2
Rp 3/4
19
4.7
79
0
9
9
9
9
9
5
10.5
11.2
NPT 3/4
16
2.6
43
0
9
9
9
9
7
5
10.5
11.2
– SCE210C035 –
SCB210B030 – SCB210B038
SCE210B057 (2)
–
Rp 1
25
11.2
185
0
9
-
9
-
9
-
20
-
SCE210B058 (2)
–
Rp 1¼
28
12.8
213
0
9
-
9
-
9
-
20
-
SCE210B059 (2)
–
Rp 1½
32
19.3
322
0
9
-
9
-
9
-
20
-
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
SOLENOID VALVES 83
Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2
Technical data
210 series floating diaphragm
Brass Air, inert gas, water, oil
Media Pressure Minimum
9 or 20 bar (depending on type)
Differential
0…9 bar or 0.35…20 bar (depending on type)
• Brass bodies • ac/dc voltage
0 or 0.35 bar (depending on type)
Maximum
15 – 120 ms (depending on type)
Response time
• NBR seals
65 cSt (mm2/s)
Maximum viscosity Temperature
• Stainless steel available on request
Media
NBR (nitrile) -20 °C…+85 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+75 °C
Standard voltages dc (=)
24 V – 48 V
ac (~)
24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz
Materials Body
Brass
Core tube
Stainless steel
Core and plugnut
Stainless steel
Springs
Stainless steel
Seat
Brass
Seals, diaphragm & disc Disc holder (NO function)
NBR PA
Shading coil
Part number NC – normally closed
Flow coefficient Kv Pipe
Orifice
Rp
mm
SCE210D001
Rp 3/8
16
2.6
43
SCE210C006
Rp 3/8
16
2.6
SCE210D002
Rp 1/2
16
3.4
SCE210C007
Rp 1/2
16
SCE210D009
Rp 3/4
19
SCE210D003
Rp 3/4
19
SCE210D004
Rp 1
25
SCE210D008
Rp 1¼
28
SCE210D022
Rp 1½
32
Brass
Part number NO – normally open
m /h 3
l/min
Min
Air
Water
Oil
Power coil (W)
=
~
=
~
=
~
=
0.35
14
9
10
7
10
7
6
11.2
43
0.35
20
-
20
-
20
-
16.7
-
57
0.35
14
9
10
7
10
7
6
11.2
3.4
57
0.35
20
-
20
-
20
-
16.7
-
4.3
72
0.35
9
7
9
6
9
5
6
11.2
5.6
93
0.35
17
9
10
9
10
9
6
11.2
11.1
185
0.35
9
9
9
9
9
9
6
11.2
12.8
213
0.35
9
9
9
9
9
9
6
11.2
19.3
322
0.35
9
9
9
9
9
9
6
11.2
Flow coefficient Kv Orifice
Rp
mm
SCE210C013
Rp 3/4
19
5.7
95
SCE210D014
Rp 1
25
11.1
185
SCE210D018
Rp 1¼
28
12.8
SCE210D032
Rp 1½
32
SCE210-103(2)
Rp 2
44
84 SOLENOID VALVES
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS
~
Pipe
Brass
Copper
m /h 3
l/min
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min
Air
Water
Oil
Power coil (W)
~
=
~
=
~
=
0.35
17
17
14
14
14
14
15.4
16.8
0.35
9
9
9
9
9
9
15.4
16.8
213
0.35
9
9
9
9
9
9
15.4
16.8
19.3
322
0.35
9
9
9
9
9
9
15.4
16.8
37
617
0.35
9
9
9
9
9
9
15.4
16.8
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1
Technical data
L282 series
Brass
Stainless steel
Liquid and gaseous fluids
Media Pressure Minimum
20 bar
Differential
0.35…12 bar (depending on type
• Normally open • Brass & stainless steel
0.35 bar
Maximum
8 – 20 m/s
Response time
• Up to 130 °C
37 cSt (mm2/s)
Maximum viscosity Temperature
• FPM seal
Media
NBR -10 °C…+90 °C, FPM 0 °C…+130 °C
Ambient
-10 °C…+60 °C
Standard voltages dc (=)
12 V – 24 V (+10% -5%)
ac (~)
24 V/50-60Hz,115 V/50Hz, 230 V/50-60Hz (+10% -15%)
Materials Brass
AISI 316L (1.4404)
Internal parts
Body
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Springs
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Seat
Brass & stainless steel
Stainless steel
Seals
NBR
NBR
Copper
Copper
Shading coil
A P
Flow coefficient Kv
Part number NO – normally open
Pipe size
Orifice
G
mm
m /h 3
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min
Gas
Liquids
Power coil (W)
Seals
~
=
~
=
~
=
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
FPM
3.8
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
NBR
13.5
3.8
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
FPM
18
5
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
NBR
18
5
0.35
10
10
10
10
7.6
5.5
FPM
24
12
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
NBR
24
12
0.35
10
10
10
10
7.6
5.5
FPM
Brass
Stainless steel
L282B01Insert voltage3/8
L282B09Insert voltage3/8
G 3/8
13.5
2.5
L282V01Insert voltage3/8
L282V09Insert voltage3/8
G 3/8
13.5
2.5
L282B01Insert voltage1/2
L282B09Insert voltage1/2
G 1/2
13.5
L282V01Insert voltage1/2
L282V09Insert voltage1/2
G 1/2
L282B01Insert voltage3/4
L282B09Insert voltage3/4
G 3/4
L282V01Insert voltage3/4
L282V09Insert voltage3/4
G 3/4
L282B01Insert voltage1
L282B09Insert voltage1
G1
L282V01Insert voltage1
L282V09Insert voltage1
G1
NBR
24DC, 24AC, 110AC, 230AC
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
SOLENOID VALVES
85
Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1
Technical data
L182 series
Brass
Stainless steel
Liquid and gaseous fluids
Media Pressure Minimum
20 bar
Differential
0.35…16 bar (depending on type
• Normally open • Brass & stainless steel
0.35 bar
Maximum
8 – 20 m/s
Response time
• Up to 140 °C with EPDM seal
37 cSt (mm2/s)
Maximum viscosity Temperature
NBR -10 °C…+90 °C, FPM 0 °C…+130 °C, EPDM -10 °C…+140 °C
Media Ambient
-10…+60 °C
Standard voltages dc (=)
12 V – 24 V (+10% -5%)
ac (~)
24 V/50-60Hz,115 V/50Hz, 230 V/50-60Hz (+10% -15%)
Materials Brass
AISI 316L (1.4404)
Internal parts
Body
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Springs
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Seat
Brass & stainless steel
Stainless steel
Seals
NBR
NBR
Copper
Copper
Shading coil
A P Flow coefficient Kv
Part number NO – normally open
Pipe size
Orifice
G
mm
L182B09Insert voltage3/8
G 3/8
13.5
2.5
L182V09Insert voltage3/8
G 3/8
13.5
2.5
L182D01Insert voltage3/8
L182D09Insert voltage3/8
G 3/8
13.5
L182B01Insert voltage1/2
L182B09Insert voltage1/2
G 1/2
L182V01Insert voltage1/2
L182V09Insert voltage1/2
G 1/2
L182D01Insert voltage1/2
L182D09Insert voltage1/2
L182B01Insert voltage3/4 L182V01Insert voltage3/4
m3/h
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min
Gas
Liquids
Power coil (W)
Seals
~
=
~
=
~
=
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
FPM
2.5
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
EPDM
13.5
3.8
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
NBR
13.5
3.8
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
FPM
G 1/2
13.5
3.8
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
EPDM
L182B09Insert voltage3/4
G 3/4
18
5
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
NBR
L182V09Insert voltage3/4
G 3/4
18
5
0.35
10
10
10
10
7.6
5.5
FPM
L182D01Insert voltage3/4
L182D09Insert voltage3/4
G 3/4
18
5
0.35
10
10
10
10
7.6
5.5
EPDM
L182B01Insert voltage1
L182B09Insert voltage1
G1
24
12
0.35
12
12
12
12
7.6
5.5
NBR
L182V01Insert voltage1
L182V09Insert voltage1
G1
24
12
0.35
10
10
10
10
7.6
5.5
FPM
L182D01Insert voltage1
L182D09Insert voltage1
G1
24
12
0.35
10
10
10
10
7.6
5.5
EPDM
Brass
Stainless steel
L182B01Insert voltage3/8 L182V01Insert voltage3/8
NBR
24DC, 24AC, 110AC, 230AC
86 SOLENOID VALVES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2½
Technical data
E290 series
Brass
Stainless steel
DN ≤ 50 air & gas groups 1 & 2 DN 65: air and gas group 2 all DN: water, oil, liquids groups 1 & 2 and steam
Media Pressure
• Bronze or stainless steel • Ø 32 mm – 125 mm operators
Minimum
0 bar
Maximum
16 bar
Differential
• NC or NO versions
0…16 bar 8 – 20 m/s
Response time
600 cSt (mm2/s)
Maximum viscosity Temperature Media
-10 °C…+184 °C
Ambient
-10 °C…+60 °C
Standard voltages dc (=)
12 V – 24 V (+10% -5%)
ac (~)
24 V/50-60Hz,115 V/50Hz, 230 V/50-60Hz (+10% -15%)
Materials Valve body Stuffing box housing Stem Disc Stuffing box packing
Bronze
AISI 316L
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Brass
Stainless steel
PTFE chevrons
PTFE chevrons
Wiper seal
FPM
FPM
Disc seal
PTFE
PTFE
Valve body seal
PTFE
PTFE
Pilot fluid
Filtered air or water (1)
Pilot fluid temperature
Flow coefficient Kv Part number NC - Normally closed, entry under the disc (1) Bronze
Stainless steel
E290A384
Pipe
Pilot pressure (bar)
m3/h
l/min
Min
Max
Min
Air, inert gas, Water, oil, liquids, aggressive fluids aggressive liquids
Steam
Operator
16
10
32
16
10
50
16
16
10
63
0
10
10
10
63
10
0
12
12
10
90
4
10
0
12
12
10
90
483
2.5
10
0
16
16
10
125
45
750
4
10
0
8
8
8
90
48
800
4
10
0
16
16
10
125
59
983
4
10
0
6
6
6
90
66
1100
4
10
0
10
10
10
125
111
1850
4
10
0
6
6
6
125
Steam
Operator
DN
E290A791
G 3/8
10
2.8
47
4
10
0
16
E290A393
G 1/2
15
4.9
82
4
10
0
16
E290B005
E290B048
G 3/4
20
9.4
157
4
10
0
E290B010
E290B053
G1
25
16.5
275
4
10
E290B009
E290B052
G1
25
16.5
275
2.5
E290A017
E290A060
G 1¼
32
27
450
E290A641
E290A645
G 1¼
32
29
E290A021
E290A064
G 1½
40
E290A482
E290A495
G 1½
40
E290A025
E290A068
G2
50
E290A485
E290A498
G2
50
E290A488
E290A501
G 2½
65
Flow coefficient Kv
Bronze
Stainless steel
E290A387
Pipe
-10 °C…+60 °C
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS
G
Part number NO - Normally open, entry under the disc (1)
AISI 316L
Brass
m3/h
l/min
Pilot pressure (bar)
Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS
Min
Max
Min
Air, inert gas, Water, oil, liquids, aggressive fluids aggressive liquids
G
DN
E290A794
G 3/8
10
2.8
47
5
10
0
16
16
10
32
E290A396
G 1/2
15
4.9
82
4.5
10
0
16
16
10
50
E290A388
E290A397
G 3/4
20
9.4
157
5.5
10
0
16
16
10
50
E290B029
E290B072
G1
25
16.5
275
3
10
0
16
16
10
90
E290A030
E290A073
G 1¼
32
27
450
9
10
0
16
16
10
63
E290A031
E290A074
G 1¼
32
27
450
4.5
10
0
16
16
10
90
E290A643
E290A647
G 1¼
32
29
483
2.5
10
0
16
16
10
125
E290A033
E290A076
G 1½
40
45
750
7
10
0
16
16
10
90
E290A489
E290A502
G 1½
40
48
800
3
10
0
16
16
10
125
E290A035
E290A078
G2
50
59
983
10
10
0
13
13
10
90
E290A490
E290A503
G2
50
66
1100
4.5
10
0
16
16
10
125
E290A491
E290A504
G 2½
65
94
1567
10
10
0
7
7
7
90
E290A492
E290A505
G 2½
65
111
1850
7
10
0
16
16
10
125
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
SOLENOID VALVES 87
Temperature
88
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Introduction to temperature
90
Temperature switches
90
Temperature switches/sensors
92
Temperature sensors
93
Temperature gauges
96
Accessories 97
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
89
Temperature switches Introduction to temperature OEM Automatic can offer temperature gauges, switches and sensors for various applications. Standard temperature gauges start from 63 mm up to 160 mm diameter and five standard temperature ranges starting at -20…+60 °C up to 0…160 °C.
Temperature sensors are available in mechanical and electronic versions with options available from -200…+600 °C. Standard outputs including 4 – 20 mA and 0 – 10 V with optional switch point are available and special versions which can be programmed.
Mechanical and electronic temperature switches are available in versions ranging from -50…+200 °C in various materials, stem lengths and electrical connectors.
Mechanical temperature switch
Technical data
Type TRM.204 bimetal thermostat
± 3 °C on set point
Accuracy
+ 50 °C on set point
Temperature max
230 V dc/10 A
Contact rating
• Brass and stainless steel options
IP65
Protection class
• Compact design
10 °C (±4 °C)
Hysterisis
• NO & NC versions
Pressure max
• 40 °C up to 130 °C switching range
Electrical connection
100 bar DIN 43650A 360° turn plug G 1/2, UNI 228/1
Thread
Part number
Brass
Stainless steel
Set point °C
Normally open
Normally closed
Normally open
Normally closed
40 °C
00.0005.0316
00.0005.0242
00.0005.0329
00.0005.0339
50 °C
00.0005.0145
00.0005.0272
00.0005.0330
0.0005.0240
60 °C
00.0005.0317
00.0005.0324
00.0005.0331
0.0005.0340
70 °C
00.0005.0318
00.0005.0201
00.0005.0332
0.0005.0341
80 °C
00.0005.0319
00.0005.0198
00.0005.0333
0.0005.0342
90 °C
00.0005.0320
00.0005.0325
00.0005.0334
0.0005.0343
100 °C
00.0005.0321
00.0005.0326
00.0005.0335
0.0005.0344
110 °C
00.0005.0313
00.0005.0327
00.0005.0336
0.0005.0345
120 °C
00.0005.0322
00.0005.0166
00.0005.0337
0.0005.0346
130 °C
00.0005.0323
00.0005.0328
00.0005.0338
0.0005.0347
90 TEMPERATURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Temperature switches Mechanical temperature switches
Technical data
Type S6410
Process connections
G3/8, G1/4, G1/2, M14 x 1.5 M22 x 1.5, NPT 1/2, NPT 1/4 (others on request) 10 mm (others on request)
Diameter
• Vibration proof
Insertion length
• Integrated electrical connections
Measuring principle
Bimetalic disc, snap action contact
• Snap action contact, non-current-carrying
Material Standard/optional
Brass/stainless steel 1.4305 (others on request)
• Available as NO or NC
M12 x 1 circular connector 4 pole
FAST-ON flat connector 6.3 x 0.8 mm or 4.8 x 0.8 mm
28 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm, 100 mm
Switching point
AMP Junior power timer
Quantity
1 (optional 2 in combination with L-plug or M12 x 1 circular connector)
Function
Normally closed (NC)/normally open (NO)
Temperature
-40…+200 °C with 5 K interval
Adjustment
Factory set switching point
Hysteresis
Typical 30 K (dependent of the switching temperature)
Temperature range
Deutsch connector DT04-2P
Bayonet connector DIN 72585
Media
-40 °C…+200 °C
Ambient
-50 °C…+125 °C
Contact us for further information 0116 284 9900
Electronic temperature switch
Technical data
Type LABO-T012-S
Supply voltage Switch range
• Teach-in funtion • Min or max switching function
Process connection Stem diameter Wetted parts
• Power on LED indication
Electrical connection
• Platinum resistance sensor
Protection class
Part number
18 – 30 V dc -20 °C…+100 °C G 1/2 12 mm Stainless steel 1.4571 M12 x 1, 4 pole IP67
Output
Sensor length (mm)
LABO-T012-S100K1L
Push – pull
123
Min
LABO-T012-S100K1H
Push – pull
123
Max
LABO-T012-S150K1L
Push – pull
173
Min
LABO-T012-S150K1H
Push – pull
173
Max
LABO-T012-S200K1L
Push – pull
223
Min
LABO-T012-S200K1H
Push – pull
223
Max
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Switch function
TEMPERATURE SWITCHES 91
Temperature switches/sensors Electronic temperature switch/sensor Type S5400/S5410
Technical data Supply voltage Output signal
• Output signal options
Temp/switching range
• Swivel LED display
Process connection
• Optional temperature/switching up to -200…+600 °C • Customised solutions available
Part number
Output signal
Stem diameter Wetted parts
S5400
S5410 12 – 30 V dc 1 switching (PNP) + 1 scalable analoogue output
2 switching outputs (PNP)
-50 °C…+125 °C G 1/2 6 mm Stainless steel 1.4571
Body material
Stainless steel 1.4571 & plastic
Electrical connection
Circular connection 4-p M12 x 1
Protection class
IP65
Pressure range
up to 40 bar (6 mm)
Insertion length
S5400C621001
2 x PNP
50 mm
S5400C621002
2 x PNP
100 mm
S5400C621003
2 x PNP
160 mm
S5410C621001
1 x PNP + 1 x 4 – 20 mA
50 mm
S5410C621002
1 x PNP + 1 x 4 – 20 mA
100 mm
S5410C621003
1 x PNP + 1 x 4 – 20 mA
160 mm
92 TEMPERATURE SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Temperature sensors Electronic temperature sensors
TEP21
Technical data
Type TEP21/TEP11/TEU11 USB
Fixed
Measuring range
• Analogue output signal 4 – 20 mA
Temperature range
-20 °C…+120 °C
• Electrical DIN connector or M12-connection
Process connection
Fixed
Programmable
G 1/4
• Temperature range from -50 °C up to +200 °C
Wetted parts
0 °C…120 °C -50 °C…+200 °C (opt. -200 °C…+600 °C) G 1/2 6 mm
Stem diameter
Stainless steel 1.4571 M12 x 1
Electrical connection
Part number
TEU11 USB
4-20 mA (or 0-10 V optional)
Measurement signal
• Programmable version, directly with USB
TEP11
L-plug DIN EN175301-803 IP65
Protection class
TEP21 (min order 50 pieces)
Insertion length
25 mm
50 mm
-20…+40 °C
TEP21X121020
TEP21X122050
0…60 °C
TEP21X221030
TEP21X222060
0…120 °C
TEP21X321040
TEP21X322070
Part number Insertion length
TEP11 50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
160 mm
0…50 °C
TEP11X221301
TEP11X221401
TEP11X221501
TEP11X221601
0…100 °C
TEP11X221302
TEP11X221402
TEP11X221502
TEP11X221602
0…120 °C
TEP11X221303
TEP11X221403
TEP11X221503
TEP11X221603
Part number Insertion length -50…200 °C programmable
TEU11 USB 50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
160 mm
TEU11X221010
TEU11X221020
TEU11X221030
TEU11X221040
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
TEMPERATURE SENSORS 93
Temperature sensors Mechanical temperature sensors
Technical data
Type TEC11
G3/8, G1/4, G1/2, M12 x 1.5, M14 x 1.5, NPT 1/4 (others on request)
Process connections Stem diameter
7.5 mm, 5 mm (others on request)
• Vibration proof
Insertion length
28 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm (others on request)
• Integrated electrical connections
Sensor
PT100, PT1000 optional sensors NTC 5 kOhm & 10 kOhm KTY & Ni1000
• Snap action contact, non-current-carrying • Resistance thermometer
Temperature range Media
-50 °C…+200 °C (depending on type)
Ambient
-40 °C…+150 °C (depending on type)
Contact us for further information 0116 284 9900
M12 x 1 circular connector 4 pole
FAST-ON flat connector 6.3 x 0.8 mm or 4.8 x 0.8 mm
AMP Junior power timer
Electronic temperature sensor
Deutsch connector DT04-2P
Bayonet connector DIN 72585
Technical data
Type LABO-T012-I/U
• Power on LED indication • Teach-in function
Supply voltage
18 – 30 V dc
Temperature range
0…+100 °C
Process connection
G 1/2
Stem diameter
12 mm
Wetted parts
• Platinum resistance sensor
Stainless steel 1.4571 M12 x 1, 4 pole
Electrical connection
IP67
Protection class
up to 65 bar
Pressure Max
Part number
Output
Sensor length (mm)
LABO-T012-I100K1
4 – 20 mA
123
LABO-T012-I150K1
4 – 20 mA
173
LABO-T012-I200K1
4 – 20 mA
223
LABO-T012-U100K1
0 – 10 V
123
LABO-T012-U150K1
0 – 10 V
173
LABO-T012-U200K1
0 – 10 V
223
94 TEMPERATURE SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Temperature sensors Electronic temperature sensor
Technical data
Type GTMU-IF
IF1
IF2
-30 °C…+100°C -30 °C…+100°C -70 °C…+400°C
Temperature range
6 mm (standard)
Stem diameter
GTMU-IF1
• Long term temperature monitoring
Wetted parts
Stainless steel 1.4571
• PT 1000 sensor
Body material
Stainless steel 1.4571/V4A (potted)
• Can be customised
Electrical connection
• 4 – 20 mA output
GTMU-IF2
IF3
Pre-cabled
Accuracy
Electronics: ±0.2% of mv ±0.2 °C Sensor element: DIN class B
Neck tube length
–
–
HL = 100 mm
GTMU-IF3
Part number key Type
G
T
M
U
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Without thread
I
F
1
With thread G 1/2
I
F
2
With thread G 1/2 and neck tube
I
F
3
-30…+100°C (standard IF1 & IF2)
M
B
1
-70…+400°C (standard IF3)
M
B
2
Other ranges on request – max possible -200…+500°C
M
B
X
50 mm (standard IF1)
0
0
5
0
100 mm (standard IF1 & IF2-
0
1
0
0
Any EL in mm (eg 0700 = 700 mm)
X
X
X
X
4 mm
D
4
5 mm
D
5
6 mm (standard)
D
6
8 mm
D
8
G 1/2 (standard)
G
1
G 1/4
G
2
G 3/4
G
3
G 1/8
G
4
G 3/8
G
5
M8 x 1
M
8
M10 x 1
M
0
M14 x 1.5
M
4
X
X
X
Design type
Measuring range
Fitting length EL
Probe diameter D
Process connection (type IF2 & IF3)
Length of neck tube HL (only at design IF3) 100 mm (standard)
1
0
0
Any HL in mm (eg 200 = 200 mm)
X
X
X
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
TEMPERATURE SENSORS 95
Temperature gauges Temperature gauge
Technical data
Type TM18X
2 (DIN 16203)
Accuracy class
Aluminium
Case
Back, centre
Connection
Copper alloy
Material
• Brass thermowell supplied as standard
Design
• Insertion length 40 mm up to 160 mm
Thermowell G 1/2 detachable, with locking screw Aluminium, white scale and markings black
Dial
• Diameter 63 mm up to 160 mm
Aluminium, black
Pointer Operating pressure
6 bar maximum
Measuring element
Bimetal coil
Part number Insertion length
Acrylic glass & glass lens depending on type
Window
• Optional temperature ranges from -30…+50 °C and 0…+200 °C
Diameter 63 mm 40 mm
60 mm
100 mm
160 mm
-20…+60 °C
TM186C402001
TM186C402002
TM186C402003
TM186C402904
0…60 °C
TM186C406001
TM186C406902
TM186C406003
TM186C406904
0…80 °C
TM186C407901
TM186C407902
TM186C407903
TM186C407904
0…120 °C
TM186C409001
TM186C409002
TM186C409003
TM186C409004
0…160 °C
TM186C410001
TM186C410002
TM186C410003
–
Part number Insertion length
Diameter 80 mm 40 mm
60 mm
100 mm
160 mm
-20…+60 °C
TM187C402001
TM187C402002
TM187C402903
TM187C402904
0…60 °C
TM187C406001
TM187C406902
TM187C406003
TM187C406904
0…80 °C
TM187C407901
TM187C407902
TM187C407903
TM187C407904
0…120 °C
TM187C409001
TM187C409002
TM187C409003
TM187C409904
0…160 °C
TM187C410901
TM187C410002
TM187C410003
TM187C410904
Part number Insertion length
Diameter 100 mm 40 mm
60 mm
100 mm
160 mm
-20…+60 °C
TM188C402901
TM188C402002
TM188C402003
TM188C402004
0…60 °C
TM188C406001
TM188C406902
TM188C406003
TM188C406004
0…80 °C
TM188C407901
TM188C407902
TM188C407903
TM188C407904
0…120 °C
TM188C409001
TM188C409002
TM188C409003
TM188C409004
0…160 °C
–
TM188C410002
TM188C410003
TM188C410004
Part number Insertion length
Diameter 160 mm 40 mm
60 mm
100 mm
160 mm
-20…+60 °C
–
–
–
TM189C402904
0…60 °C
–
TM189C406902
TM189C406903
TM189C406904
0…80 °C
–
TM189C407902
TM189C407903
TM189C407904
0…120 °C
–
TM189C409902
–
TM189C409904
0…160 °C
–
–
–
–
96 TEMPERATURE GAUGES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Temperature accessories Temperature – pressure measuring instrument in the standard program for domestic engineering • Pressure and temperature display
• Measuring system using copper alloy
• With automatic valve
• Reduction of the fitting costs
Resistance thermometers or thermocouples with cable connection • Various protection tubes
• Optionally with plug for fast electrical connection
• Large range of cable types
• Special versions on request
• Optional connections available
Glass thermometer for machines • Robust universal thermometer
• Temperature range
• Large selection of designs in stock
• Standard -30…+50 °C to 0…+300 °C
• Special designs available on request
• On request -60…+40°C to 0…+600°C
Capillar thermometer • Fast response time
• Options
• Stainless steel housing for aggressive measuring media
• Display range °F, °C/°F (dual scales)
• Measuring point and display in different locations • Wide range of standard versions • Measuring ranges • -40…+60 °C up to 0…+400 °C
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
• REat connection • Laminated safety glass, acrylic • Accuracy class 1.0 • Stainless steel measuring device holder • Liquid damping
ACCESSORIES 97
Industrial connectors
98
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Introduction to DIN connectors 100 DIN A/DIN industrial/DIN C industrial 101 DIN A connectors overmoulded 102 DIN B industrial/ DIN C industrial overmoulded 103 M12-DIN A/ Dual DIN 104 Base plates/LED indicator 105 DIN A pressure switch indicator/DIN splitter
106
DIN-splitter/Mini-splitter/Y-cable 106 Junior timer overmoulded pre-cabled Junior overmolded precabled
106
ML-XTâ&#x201E;˘ 107 Circuit options
108
Accessories 109
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
99
Industrial connectors General information tinned
min.150
8
The Molex range of field attachable DIN valve connectors provide unsurpassed sealing properties and increase performance, simplify manufacturing processes, reduce inventory and lower applied costs for hydraulic, pneumatic and electromagnetic devices as well as sensors.
X3 Ă&#x2DC;4.5 Ă&#x2DC;7.6
55
L
16.5
Mounting holes
23
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
23.5
90
112
L1
35 61 100
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Industrial connectors DIN A
Technical data
Type 282/283 With/without circuit
2 +earth or 3 +earth
Number of poles
18 mm
Pin distance
3
• Power on LED
Cable diameter
4 – 9 mm
• Overvoltage protection circuit
Max. cable dims
1.5 mm²
• Various voltage options
Max. current
IP67
IP class
• Integral screw and gasket
NBR -40 °C…+90 °C
Temp range
• EN175301-803 (DIN43650) A/ISO4400
Part number
16 A
See page 108
Circuit
Black housing: 27 x 34 x 50
Dims H x W x L (mm)
Circuit
Cable size (mm)
Colour
Number of poles
Voltage
28200N0R
–
4–9
Black
2 +earth
250 V ac/300 V dc
28300N0R
–
4–9
Black
3+earth
250 V ac/300 V dc
28200G0R
–
4–9
Grey
2+earth
250 V ac/300 V dc
28300G0R
–
4–9
Grey
3 +earth
250 V ac/300 V dc
28200TC420R
C4
4–9
Transparent
2 +earth
24 V ac/dc
28200TC440R
C4
4–9
Transparent
2 +earth
115 V ac/dc
28200TC450R
C4
4–9
Transparent
2 +earth
230 V ac/dc
28200TC320R
C3
4–9
Transparent
2 +earth
24 V dc
Wiithout circuit
With circuit
DIN Industrial
Technical data
Type 222/292/293 With/without circuit
DIN Industrial Number of poles Pin distance
• Power on LED
2 +earth
2 +earth or 3 +earth
11 mm
9.4 mm (DIN C Industrial)
Cable diameter
4 – 9 mm
3 – 5.5 mm
• Overvoltage protection circuit
Max. cable dims
1.5 mm²
0.75 mm²
• Various voltage options
Max. current
16 A
16 A
• Complete with screw and gasket
IP class
IP65
IP65
NBR -40 °C…+90 °C
NBR -40 °C…+90 °C
Circuit
See page 108
See page 108
Dims H x W x L (mm)
20.8 x 30 x 51
15.5 x 25.5 x 34
Temp range
• EN175301-803 (DIN43650)
Part number
DIN C Industrial
Circuit
Cable size (mm)
Colour
Number of poles
Voltage
–
4–9
Black
2 +earth
250 V ac/300 V dc
22200TC420R
C4
4–9
Transparent
2 +earth
24 V ac/dc
22200TC450R
C4
4–9
Transparent
2 +earth
230 V ac/dc
22200TC320R
C3
4–9
Transparent
2 +earth
24 V dc
29200N0T
–
3 – 5.5
Black
2 +earth
250 V ac/300 V dc
29300N0T
–
3 – 5.5
Black
3 +earth
250 V ac/300 V dc
DIN Industrial 22200N0R
DIN C Industrial
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 101
Industrial connectors DIN connectors with molded cable Molex pre-cabled DIN connectors are completely overmolded providing a high level of protection up to IP67. Overmolded connectors are all 100% tested at Molex for IP rating and electrical connections. We stock 1, 3 and 5 meter lengths of PUR and PVC cable types, available with or without circuit options. What type of cable should I choose? Harmonised PVC cable is used for general purpose applications and has good resistance to water, but poor against chemical oil. In applications where good resistance against chemicals and oils is required we recommend PUR blend cable, but this has poor resistance to water. Main advantages of molded cable: • Assembly • Cost • Security
DIN A moulded pre-cabled connector Type 152/452 With/without circuit
Technical data 2 pole +earth
Number of poles Pin distance
18 mm
Cable type
PVC, PUR 3 x 0.75 mm²
Cable dimensions
• Fully overmoulded providing a high level of protection • With or without LED and transient protection • EN175301-803 (DIN43650)-A
Max. voltage
5A
IP class
IP67 PVC -20 °C…+70 °C PUR -40 °C…+90 °C
Temperature range
C4: LED + varistor
Electronics
28 x 24 x 44
Dims H x W x L (mm)
Part number
Circuit
Earth location
Cable length
Cable type
Voltage
152N3N1001P
–
H6/H12
1m
PVC
250 V
152N3N3001P
–
H6/H12
3m
PVC
250 V
152N3N5001P
–
H6/H12
5m
PVC
250 V
152P3N1001P
–
H6/H12
1m
PUR
250 V
152P3N3001P
–
H6/H12
3m
PUR
250 V
152P3N5001P
–
H6/H12
5m
PUR
250 V
452N3N1001PC42
C4
H6/H12
1m
PVC
24 V ac/dc
452N3N1001PC45
C4
H6/H12
1m
PVC
230 ac/dc
452N3N3001PC42
C4
H6/H12
3m
PVC
24 V ac/dc
452P3N1001PC42
C4
H6/H12
1m
PUR
24 V ac/dc
452P3N1001PC45
C4
H6/H12
1m
PUR
230 ac/dc
452P3N3001PC42
C4
H6/H12
3m
PUR
24 V ac/dc
3-pole + earth, see our website
102
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Industrial connectors DIN B Industrial
Technical data
Type 162 Overmoulded pre-cabled
2 +earth
Number of poles Pin distance
11 mm
Cable type
PVC, PUR
• Sealing to IP67
Cable dimension
• Fixed gasket
Max. current
3 x 0.75 mm² 5A IP67
IP class
• Industrial form
PVC -20 °C…+70 °C
Temperature range
• EN175301-803 (DIN43650)
C4: LED + varistor
Electronics
22 x 24 x 29.5
Dimensions H x W x L (mm)
Part number
Circuits
Earth location
Cable length
Cable type
Voltage
162N3N1006P
–
H6
1m
PVC
250 V
162N3N3006P
–
H6
3m
PVC
250 V
162N3N5006P
–
H6
5m
PVC
250 V
162P3N1006P
–
H6
1m
PUR
250 V
162P3N3006P
–
H6
3m
PUR
250 V
162P3N5006P
–
H6
5m
PUR
250 V
462N3N1006PC42
C4
H6
1m
PVC
24 V ac/dc
462N3N3006PC42
C4
H6
3m
PVC
24 V ac/dc
462N3N3006PC45
C4
H6
3m
PVC
230 V ac/dc
462P3N1006PC42
C4
H6
1m
PUR
24 V ac/dc
462P3N3006PC42
C4
H6
3m
PUR
24 V ac/dc
462P3N3006PC45
C4
H6
3m
PUR
230 V ac/dc
Without circuit
With circuit
DIN C Industrial/DIN C
Technical data
Type 332 Overmoulded pre-cabled
Number of poles
2 +earth
Contact distance
9.4 mm (DIN C Industrial)
• Fully overmoulded providing a high level of protection
3 x 0.5 mm²
Cable dimensions
3A
Max. current
• Quick and simple installation
IP65
IP class
• EN175301-803
PVC -20 °C…+70 °C
Temperature range Dimensions H x W x L (mm)
Part number
PVC
Cable type
DIN C Industrial: 15.8 x 20 x 32.8
Circuits
Earth location
Cable length
Cable type
Voltage
332N2N1001T
–
H6/H12
1m
PVC
250 V
332N2N3001T
–
H6/H12
3m
PVC
250 V
332N2N5001T
–
H6/H12
5m
PVC
250 V
DIN C Industrial
For 3 pole +earth version visit our website, www.oem.co.uk
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 103
Industrial connectors M12-DIN A
Technical data
Type 8500 Moulded pre-cabled connectors
2 +earth
Number of poles M12
5 (only three connected)
Number of poles
• Fully overmoulded for better protection • Quick and simple installation with M12
4A
Max. current
IP65 (DIN-plug) IP68 (M12)
IP class
-40 °C…+90 °C
Temperature range
• EN175301-803 (DIN43650)-M12
Part number Straight
Circuit
Earth location
Cable length
Cable type
Voltage
85000P12M006
–
–
0.6 m
PUR
250 V ac/300 V dc
85000P12M010
–
–
1.0 m
PUR
250 V ac/300 V dc
85000P12M020
–
–
2.0 m
PUR
250 V ac/300 V dc
850B2P12M006
C4
H6/H12
0.6 m
PUR
24 V ac/dc
850B2P12M010
C4
H6/H12
1.0 m
PUR
24 V ac/dc
850B2P12M020
C4
H6/H12
2.0 m
PUR
24 V ac/dc
Part number Angled (90°)
Other lengths are available on request
Dual DIN
Technical data
Type 65AP Overmoulded pre-cabled
2 +earth
Number of poles
C4: LED+varistor
Electronics
PUR
Cable type
• Dual function from a single cable
PUR 4 x 0.75 mm² PUR 4 x 0.5 mm² with M12
Cable dimension
• Quick and simple installation
5A
Max. current
• EN175301-803 (DIN43650)-A
IP65
IP class
-40 °C…+90 °C
Temperature range
Part number
Voltage
Connection thread
L1
L2
653P3NA1311C42
24 V ac/dc
Flying lead
1m
130 mm
65AP2NA2011C42
24 V ac/dc
Straight M12
1m
200 mm
65AP2NB2011C42
24 V ac/dc
Straight M12
1.5 m
200 mm
65AP2NC2011C42
24 V ac/dc
Straight M12
2m
200 mm
653P3NE1311C42
24 V ac/dc
Flying lead
3m
130 mm
Other lengths are available on request
L2
L1
104
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Industrial connectors Base plates DIN
Technical data
Type 262/263/222/292/293
Number of poles Max. cable dimension
• Flat and curved surface options
Max. voltage
• Fixing screw and gasket included
Material
2 +earth or 3 +earth 1 mm² (0.75 mm² for model 292 – 293) 250 V ac/300 V dc Polyamide with glass fibre self extinguishing material
• 2 and 3 pole versions
Part number
Form/Type
262000N2
DIN A
2-pole +earth
263000N2
DIN A
3-pole +earth
222000N2
DIN B Industrial
2-pole +earth
292000N2
DIN C Industrial
2-pole +earth
293000N2
DIN C Industrial
3-pole +earth
LED indicator
Number of poles
Technical data
Type A06
Number of poles
2 +earth or 3 +earth
• Perfect for fault finding
IP class
• Quick and simple installation
Temperature range
-20 °C…+120 °C
Circuit
C4: LED+varistor
• LED and transient circuit protection
Part number DIN A
Earth location
IP65, in combination with connector and gasket
Voltage
A06C42
H6/H12
24 V
A06C44
H6/H12
115 V
A06C45
H6/H12
230 V
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 105
Industrial connectors DIN A
Technical data
Type 453 Pressure switch connector indicator
3 +earth
Number of poles
18 mm
Pin spacing
IP65
IP class
• Status indicator, 2 coloured LED • Loose connector or overmoulded cable
Electronics
Q5: yellow/green LED
Cable type
PUR
Max. current
• EN175301-803 (DIN43650)-A
Temperature range
Part number
5 x 0.5 mm²
Cable dimension
• Fits all pressure switches with DIN A connector
5A PUR -40 °C…+90 °C
Circuit
Earth location
Cable length
Voltage
453P2N30021Q52
Q5
H12
3m
24 V ac/dc
453P2N50021Q52
Q5
H12
5m
24 V ac/dc
DIN-splitter/Mini-splitter/Y-cable • Fast installation • Solenoid valve and sensor connectors from one unit • Suitable for hydraulic/pneumatic valves • Reducing wiring faults Please contact OEM for further information
Junior timer overmoulded pre-cabled Type EJT
Technical data Number of poles
2 PUR
Cable type Cable dimension
2 x 0.75 mm²
Max. current
5A
• Fully overmolded for better protection
IP class
IP65
• Fast and simple installation
Temperature range
• With or without LED
Circuit
• Straight or angled 90°
Dimensions B x H x L (mm)
Part number Straight
Part number Angled (90°)
EJT1P3N100000
EJTEP3N100000
EJT1P3N300000
EJTEP3N300000
EJT1P3N500000
C4: LED+varistor Straight: 24.3 x 22.3 x 65 Angled: 24.3 x 22.3 x 52
Cable length
Voltage
-
1.0 m
250 V ac/dc
-
3.0 m
250 V ac/dc
EJTEP3N500000
-
5.0 m
250 V ac/dc
EJT1P3N150C4H
EJTEP3N150C4H
C4
1.5 m
24 V ac/dc
EJT1P3N300C4H
EJTEP3N300C4H
C4
3.0 m
24 V ac/dc
EJT1P3N500C4H
EJTEP3N500C4H
C4
5.0 m
24 V ac/dc
106
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS
Circuit
PUR -40…+90 °C
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Industrial connectors ML-XT™
Technical data
Type 934X
500 V dc
Voltage (max)
13 A
Current (max)
111N min
Contact retention to housing
• One-piece plug housing and seal design • IP68-rated and J2030 power-wash test capable • Plug housing features integral locking latch
Mating unmating force
135N max
Operating temperature
-55 °C…+125 °C
Sealed rating
IP68 and J2030 power-wash test capable
• 9 colour-coded housings available
Part number key
Part number key
Type Plugs & receptacles
9
3
4
4
X
X
X
X
X
Series number
Type Wedgelocks (TPA)
9
3
4
4
X
X
Receptacles
4
Wedgelock for receptacles
7
Plugs
5
Wedgelock for plugs
X
8
0
3
Circuit size
Circuit size 2 circuits
1
2 circuits
1
3 circuits
2
3 circuits
2
4 circuits
3
4 circuits
3
6 circuits
4
6 circuits
4
8 circuits
5 6
Assembly options (cable gauge accepted by seal) 1.40 to 2.80 mm
1
12 circuits
2.70 to 3.60 mm
2
Colour Green
Colour Black
0
1
Grey
0
2
Green
0
3
Blue
0
4
Yellow
0
5
White
0
6
Brown
0
7
Orange
0
8
Red
0
9
Part number key Type 12 circuit
X
Series number
Part number key 9
3
4
4
X
X
X
X
Series number
Type 18 circuit – recepticles
9
3
4
X
Receptacles
5
Receptacles
4
Plugs
6
Plugs
5
Assembly options
1
1
Circuit size
1.40 – 2.80 mm
1
18
2.70 – 3.60 mm
2
Assembly options 1.40 – 2.80 mm
Keyring/colour cocding Grey (8 circuit only)
1
2
Colour
Black (8 & 12 circuit)
2
1
Black
Green (8 circuit only)
3
3
Brown (8 circuit only)
4
7
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
7
Series number
7 1 1
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 107
Industrial connectors Circuit options
Our circuit range provides LED indication or suppressor circuitry for surge protection.
Supply voltage and LED color
1 = 12V
A = 12V
2 = 24V
B = 24V
3 = 48V 4 = 115V
Red LED
5 = 230V
Input
C = 48V D = 115V E
G = 12V Green LED
= 230V
Circuit Schematic
H = 24V K = 48V L
= 115V
Yellow LED
M = 230V
Circuit Description CIRCUIT A1
V ac/dc
With bipolar LED, provides a luminous signal when power is applied.
CIRCUIT C3 V dc
With LED and diode to protect against peak overvoltage when switching off.
CIRCUIT C4 V ac/dc
With bipolar LED and VDR to protect supply and switch against peak overvoltage.
CIRCUIT E0 V dc
With diode to protect against peak overvoltage when switching off.
CIRCUIT R2 V ac
Full wave bridge rectifier with VDR to protect against overvoltage and LED to confirmthe presence of the rectified DC voltage.
CIRCUIT Q5
V ac/dc
Circuit incorporating yellow/green LED to show position of changeover contact e.g. with pressure switched etc
Earth PIN position Earth PIN position must be specified For the range of Brad mPm DIN valve connectors the position is noted looking at the face view of the connector with the cable gland (or cable exit) down below. In the H6 position the earth pin is at the bottom. In the H12 position the earth pin is at the top. Please note that the earth PIN position can be rotated 90° or 180° depending on the connector type. Earth position MUST be specified on over-molded connectors 108
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Industrial connectors Accessories Gaskets
Part number
Gasket Type
3011 – 03
Profile
For Connectors
Material
Packaging Style
NBR
1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs
Form A 3011 – 04
Profile
Silicone
1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs
3011 – 01
Flat
NBR
1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs
3011 – 02
Flat
Silicone
1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs
3011 – 07
Profile
NBR
1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs
3011 – 08
Profile
Silicone
1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs
3011 – 05
Flat
NBR
1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs
3011 – 06
Flat
Silicone
1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs
3011 – 19
Flat
NBR
1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs
Silicone
1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs
Silicone
1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs
Form A
Form B and Industrial
Form Industrial
Form B 3011 – 20
Flat
3011 – 022
Profile
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Form C and Micro
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 109
Flow instruments
110
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Introduction 112 Installation guide
113
Flow indicators 114 Flow switches
116
ATEX switch heads
121
Flow meters 122 Flow sensors 127
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
111
Flow products Introduction Terminology Initial operation Certain basic principles must be taken into account during initial mechanical operation and electrical wiring. These are applicable for all HONSBERG products. (1) Pressure data must be observed according to device specification, as must the temperature range. (2) During installation, make sure the direction of flow is in the direction of the arrow symbol. (3) Straight stretches before and after the devices are beneficial to the device function in the sense of a laminar flow profile. (4) The circuit can either be seen on the device label or described in the delivery papers. In unfavourable cases [e.g. inductive or capacitive load], plan protective wiring (5) Clean the pipework system before installation. If permanent soiling occurs, use a magnetic filter [HONSBERG Volumat] or a dirt trap.
Electrical details Normally open – opened when at rest Normally closed – closed when at rest Changeover contact – make and break contact Output – [0] 4…20 mA, 0…10 V, PNP and/or NPN
Direction of flow The direction of flow must be observed, and is marked on every device
PN200
Flow rate Mechanical and electronic flow meters are designed for a certain flow rate or flow speed. We specify these data with a recommendation for a maximum flow speed in the area of 2-3 m/sec. or according to individual specifications for the respective product group. The maximum recommended flow rate can be exceeded. In this case increased pressure loss or heavier material wear must be expected..
Flow speed Q in l/min
2 m/s
1000
100
10
1 1
10
100
Interior diameter of pipe in mm 112 FLOW PRODUCTS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Flow products Installation guide Hysteresis The switching difference with switching devices and the display difference with display devices represent important operating data for the function of metering devices. The switching difference defines the difference between the switch-on and switch-off points with increasing or decreasing flow rate. This difference value is determined by the switching characteristic or the mechanical function of the metering unit. In the case of switching devices it must be ensured that the switch-on point is reached as a precondition for the contact function. In the case of display instruments there is a difference in display with increasing and decreasing flow rate.
minimum pump capacity
20% safety max. switch-on point incl. tolerances switching hysteresis max. switch-off point tolerance
switch-off point
min. switch-off point
Settling range The minimum length of the settling ranges depends on the respective application case. Basically, greater settling ranges are required when elbows or fittings are built into the intake side. Settling ranges of 5xDN are recommended.
Pressure loss The term pressure loss describes the drop in pressure caused by the device itself. This value depends largely on the device design. It is important that the system pressure is above the value of pressure loss in order to guarantee component function. The pressure loss values have been calculated on the basis of a flow speed of 2 m/sec. When this figure is exceeded, pressure loss increases disproportionately.
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
1.2 bar
0.2 bar Pressure loss
FLOW PRODUCTS 113
Flow indicators Sight glass/rotor
Technical data
Type WR1
WR1-GMW
WR1-GKW
Brass
Stainless steel Water/air/gas
Media
0.7 – 700 l/min
Flow range
• 360° viewing
G 1/4 to G 1/2 female
Thread
• Also suitable for overhead assembly
Max pressure
• Glass cleaning function
Max temp (media)
100 ºC
• Natural glass
Media temperature
Max 100 ºC
16 bar
Brass CW614N nickel plated
Wetted parts Housing
Borosillicate glass
Tube NBR
Seal/wiper
Flow range l/min
Part number Brass
Stainless steel
WR1–008GMW
Stainless steel 1.4305
FKM
Maximum flow l/min water/air
Thread
Air
Water
WR1–008GKW
G 1/4 female
–
0.7
WR1–010GMW
WR1–010GKW
G 3/8 female
–
0.8
8
WR1–015GMW
WR1–015GKW
G 1/2 female
–
1.4
12
WR1–020GMW
WR1–020GKW
G 3/4 female
–
1.4
25
WR1–025GMW
WR1–025GKW
G 1 female
–
1.7
40
WR1–032GMW
WR1–032GKW
G 1¼ female
–
8.0
80
WR1–040GMW
WR1–040GKW
G 1½ female
–
8.0
100
WR1–008GMG
WR1–008GKG
G 1/4 female
18
–
60
WR1–010GMG
WR1–010GKG
G 3/8 female
20
–
150
WR1–015GMG
WR1–015GKG
G 1/2 female
25
–
250
WR1–020GMG
WR1–020GKG
G 3/4 female
25
–
250
WR1–025GMG
WR1–025GKG
G 1 female
35
–
350
WR1–032GMG
WR1–032GKG
G 1¼ female
60
–
600
WR1–040GMG
WR1–040GKG
G 1½ female
70
–
700
Piston
4
Technical data
Type NO
Media Flow range
• Up to 50 bar • Adjustable scale position • Optional switching contact • 360° viewing
Thread
Water/oil Water 0.7 – 8.0; Oil 18 – 70 G 1/4 to G 1 female
Max pressure
50 bar
Max temp (media)
90 ºC
Wetted parts Housing Tube Seal/wiper
Brass CW614N nickel plated Acrylic (XT) NBR
Thread
Flow range l/min
NO–008GM015
G 1/4 female
3 – 15
15
NO–010GM015
G 3/8 female
3 – 15
15
Part number
Maximum flow l/min water
NO–015GM030
G 1/2 female
5 – 30
30
NO–020GM050
G 3/4 female
5 – 50
50
NO–025GM060
G 1 female
10 – 60
60
114 FLOW INDICATORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Flow indicators Variable data
Technical data
Type VF/VO
VF-GM Water/oil
Thread
G 1/4 female 16 bar
Max pressure
• Vertical installation for flow from bottom to top
-20 ºC…100 ºC
Media temperature Wetted parts Housing
• Rugged metal design
Brass CW614N nickel plated/stainless steel 1.44571 Duran 50
Glass
• Switching versions available
VF-GK
Media
NBR
Seal/wiper
FKM
Part number Brass
Stainless steel
Thread
Flow range ml/min water
Flow range l/min water
VF–008GM006
VF–008GK006
G 1/4 female
5 – 60
–
60
VF–008GM013
VF–008GK014
G 1/4 female
25 – 130
–
130
VF–008GM060
VF–008GK060
G 1/4 female
–
0.1 – 0.6
0.6
VF–008GM300
VF–008GK300
G 1/4 female
–
0.5 – 3
3
VF–008GM500
VF–008GK500
G 1/4 female
–
1–5
5
VO–015GM0005
VO–015GK0005
G 1/2 female
–
0.1 – 0.5
0.5
VO–015GM0010
VO–015GK0010
G 1/2 female
–
0.3 – 1.0
1
VO–015GM0020
VO–015GK0020
G 1/2 female
–
0.7 – 2
2
VO–015GM0040
VO–015GK0040
G 1/2 female
–
1.6 – 4
4
VO–015GM0080
VO–015GK0080
G 1/2 female
–
3–8
8
VO–015GM0200
VO–015GK0200
G 1/2 female
–
8 – 20
20
VO–025GM0280
VO–025GK0280
G 1 female
–
12 – 28
28
VO–025GM0450
VO–025GK0450
G 1 female
–
15 – 45
45
VO–025GM0900
VO–025GK0900
G 1 female
–
30 – 90
90
VO–025GM1500
VO–025GK1500
G 1 female
–
60 – 150
150
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Max flow ml/min
FLOW INDICATORS 115
Flow switches Piston switch
Technical data RVM-GM
Type RVM
RVM-GK Water/oil
Media
0.04 – 3 l/min
Switching range
• Scaled switch point setting
Temperature range
• Low flow switching capabilities • High pressure
Media
-20 ºC…+100 ºC
Ambient
-20 ºC…+70 ºC
Max pressure
300 bar
350 bar
Wetted parts
Brass CW614N nickel plated
Stainless steel 1.4571
NBR
FKM
Seal
Changeover N/O contact 200 V AC, 1 A, 20 VA
Reed switch
Part number Brass
Stainless steel
RVM–008GM013
Adjustment range
Max flow
Thread
P N bar Brass
P N bar Stainless steel
mI/min water
RVM–008GK013
G 1/4 female
300
350
40 – 130
RVM–008GM060
RVM–008GK060
G 1/4 female
300
350
0.1 – 0.6
0.72
RVM–008GM300
RVM–008GK300
G 1/4 female
300
350
0.5 – 3
3.6
Piston switch
I/min water
mI/min
Technical data
Type FW1
FW1-GP
FW1-GM Water
Media
• Minimal pressure loss • Good repeatability
Switching range
1 – 11 l/min
Thread
G 1/4 – G 1
Temperature range
• High switch capability
Media
• Insensitive to dirt
-20 ºC…+90 °C
Ambient
-20 ºC…+70 °C
Max pressure
10 bar
100 bar
Wetted parts
POM GV stainless steel 1.4310
Brass CW614N
NBR (DN8–10 only)
Seal Reed switch
Part number
I/min
170
Max 230 V, 0.5 A, 50 VA
Thread
Adjustment range I/min water
Max flow I/min water
P max (bar)
FW1–015GP006
G 1/2 female
1–6
20
10
FW1–020GP011
G 3/4 female
1 – 11
40
10
FW1–025GP011
G 1 female
1 – 11
60
10
FW1–008GM006
G 1/4 female
1–6
8
100
0.2
FW1–010GM006
G 3/8 female
1–6
10
100
0.3
FW1–015GM006
G 1/2 female
1–6
20
100
0.8
FW1–020GM011
G 3/4 female
1 – 11
30
100
0.2
FW1–025GM011
G 1 female
1 – 11
30
100
0.2
116 FLOW SWITCHES
Pressure loss (bar)
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Flow switches Piston switch
Technical data
Type HD2K
HD2K-GM
Oil 0.5 – 60 l/min
Switching range
• Viscosity range 30 – 330 cst
HD2K-GK
Oil
Media
G 1/4 – G 1
Thread
• On site setting of switch via scale + gear • Optional mechanical displays (flow or temp)
Temperature range Media
-20 ºC…+120 °C 200 bar
Max pressure Wetted parts Seal
Brass CW614N
Stainless steel 1.4571
NBR
FKM
Wiring 0.213 change over 250 V ac, 1.5 A, 50 VA
Reed switch
Adjustment range
Pressure loss [bar] at max flow
Part number Brass
Stainless steel
Thread
I/min oil 30 – 330 cst
Viscosity stability
30 cSt
60 cSt
100 cSt
205 cSt
330 cSt
HD2K–008GM008
HD2K–008GK008
G 1/4
0.5 – 8
±8%, min ±0,3 l/min
1.1
1.4
1.6
2.8
3.5
HD2K–010GM015
HD2K–010GK015
G 3/8
1.5 – 15
±8%, min ±0,5 l/min
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.8
3.5
HD2K–015GM025
HD2K–015GK025
G 1/2
2.5 – 25
±8%, min ±0,8 l/min
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.3
2.9
HD2K–020GM040
HD2K–020GK040
G 3/4
6 – 40
±8%, min ±2,7 l/min
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.3
2.6
HD2K–025GM060
HD2K–025GK060
G1
12 – 60
±8%, min ±3,0 l/min
2.1
2.3
2.4
2.6
2.8
Piston switch
Technical data
Type MR
MR-GM
MR-GK Water/oil
Media
Temperature range
• High switching power • Optional mechanical display (flow)
Media
-20 ºC…+120 ºC
Ambient
-20 ºC…+70 ºC
Seal Reed switch
Thread
Adjustment range I/min water
Max flow I/min water
G 1/4 female
0.4 – 4
MR–010GK010
G 3/8 female
MR–015GK020
G 1/2 female
MR–020GM040
MR–020GK040
MR–025GM060
MR–025GK060
Stainless steel
MR–008GM004
MR–008GK004
MR–010GM010 MR–015GM020
200 bar
Max pressure Wetted parts
Part number Brass
0.4 – 60 l/min
Switching range
• Hermetical sealing of hydraulic and electrical components
Brass CW614N stainless steel 1.4301 1.4310
Stainless steel 1.4571, 1.4305 1.4301, 1.4310
NBR
FKM
Change over 250 V AC, 1.5 A, 50 VA
P max bar Brass
P max bar Stainless steel
10
200
200
1 – 10
20
200
200
5 – 20
30
200
200
G 3/4 female
10 – 40
60
200
200
G 1 female
20 – 60
80
200
200
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Pressure loss
FLOW SWITCHES 117
Flow switches Piston switch
Technical data
Type VD
Water
Media
• Complete with DIN connector
Switching range
1 – 330 l/min
Thread
G 1/4 – G 3
Temperature range
• High switching ranges • Switching point site adjustable • ATEX optional
Media
-20 ºC…+120 °C
Ambient
-20 ºC…+70 °C
Max pressure
G 1/4…G 1 25 bar; G 1¼ – G 3 16 bar
Wetted parts
Bronze Rg5, Rg6; Brass CW614N; stainless steel 1.4310 NBR
Seal
Change over 250 V AC, 1.5 A, 50 VA
Reed switch
Part number
Thread
Adjustment range I/min water
Max flow I/min water
P max (bar)
VD–008GR010
G 1/4
1 – 10
15
25
VD–010GR010
G 3/8
1 – 10
15
25
VD–015GR020
G 1/2
4 – 20
30
25
VD–020GR020
G 3/4
4 – 20
40
25
VD–025GR040
G1
10 – 40
60
25
VD–032GR060
G 1¼
20 – 60
100
16
VD–040GR100
G 1½
30 – 100
150
16
VD–050GR150
G2
50 – 150
250
16
VD–065GR200
G 2½
100 – 200
400
16
VD–080GR330
G3
180 – 330
600
16
Paddle switch
Technical data
Type UR1
Water
Media
2.5 – 53 l/min
Switching range
G 3/8 – G 2
Thread
• Good repeatability
Temperature range
• Low pressure loss • Stress free fixing of switch unit by plastic cap • Optional stainless steel & plastic bodies available
Media
-20 ºC…+110 ºC
Ambient
-20 ºC…+70 ºC
Max pressure
25 bar
Wetted parts
Brass CW617N, CW614N; stainless steel 1.4301 NBR
Seal Reed switch
Wiring 0.225 NC or NO depending on installation position 250 V ac, 1 A 50 VA
Part number
Thread
Adjustment range I/min water
Max flow I/min
P max (bar)
UR1–010GM
G 3/8 female
2.5 – 3.5
10
25
UR1–015GM
G 1/2 female
4 – 4.5
20
25
UR1–020GM
G 3/4 female
5–6
40
25
UR1–025GM
G 1 female
9.5 – 11.5
60
25
UR1–032GM
G 1¼ female
13.5 – 17.5
80
25
UR1–040GM
G 1½ female
30 – 38
100
25
UR1–050GM
G 2 female
42 – 53
150
25
118 FLOW SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Flow switches Paddle switch
Technical data
Type UM3K/UR3K
UR3M-GM
UR3K-GK
UM3K-GM
UM3K-GK Water
Media
• Compact design
Switching range
• Site adjustable switch
Thread
• Low pressure loss
Temperature range
3.5 – 93 l/min G 3/8 – G 2
Media
-20 ºC…+110 ºC
Ambient
-20 ºC…+70 ºC
• Micro switch
25 bar
Max pressure
Brass CW617N, CW614N; stainless steel 1.4301
Wetted parts
Stainless steel 1.4571, 1.4301
Non-contact materials NBR
FKM
UR3… Micro switch wiring 0.371 change over
UM3… Reed switch wiring 0.372 no 230 V ac 1 A 50 VA
Seal
Reed switch
Part number Brass
Stainless steel
UM3K–010GM055 UM3K–015GM070
Thread
Adjustment range I/min water
Max flow I/min
PN bar
UM3K–010GK055
G 3/8 female
4 – 5.5
10
25
UM3K–015GK070
G 1/2 female
5.5 – 7
20
25
UM3K–020GM100
UM3K–020GK100
G 3/4 female
7.5 – 10
40
25
UM3K–025GM180
UM3K–025GK180
G 1 female
14 – 18
60
25
UM3K–032GM300
UM3K–032GK300
G 1¼ female
22 – 30
80
25
UM3K–040GM500
UM3K–040GK500
G 1½ female
37 – 50
100
25
UM3K–050GM930
UM3K–050GK930
G 2 female
67 – 93
150
25
UR3K–010GM050
UR3K–010GK050
G 3/8 female
3.5 – 5
10
25
UR3K–015GM065
UR3K–015GK065
G 1/2 female
5 – 6.5
20
25
UR3K–020GM085
UR3K–020GK085
G 3/4 female
6 – 8.5
40
25
UR3K–025GM150
UR3K–025GK150
G 1 female
12 – 15
60
25
UR3K–032GM270
UR3K–032GK270
G 1¼ female
20 – 27
80
25
UR3K–040GM440
UR3K–040GK440
G 1½ female
34 – 44
100
25
UR3K–050GM690
UR3K–050GK690
G 2 female
54 – 69
150
25
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
FLOW SWITCHES 119
Flow switches Paddle switch
Technical data
Type CRG
CRG–HM
CRG–HK Water
Media
• 0.20 up to 90.8 M3/h switching range • DN 25 up to DN 200
0.2 – 165.7 m3/h
Switching range
R1
Thread Temperature range
• Suitable with ferrite particles • Changeable paddle set
Media
-20 °C…+120 °C
Ambient
-20 °C…+85 °C 11 bar
Max pressure Wetted parts
Brass CW614N; stainless steel 1.4301 Tombak
Stainless steel 1.4301 NBR
Seal
Changeover 250 V dc, 15 A
Switch
Part number Brass
Thread
Tube Ø mm
Flow range m3/h water
Flow max m3/h
Paddle type
CRG–025HM
R1
DN 25
0.6 – 2.0
3.6
1
CRG–025HM
R1
DN 32
0.8 – 2.8
6
1
CRG–025HM
R1
DN 40
1.1 – 3.7
9
1
CRG–025HM
R1
DN 50
2.2 – 5.7
15
1, 2
CRG–025HM
R1
DN 65
2.7 – 6.5
24
1, 2
CRG–025HM
R1
DN 80
4.3 – 10.7
36
1, 2, 3
CRG–025HM
R1
DN 100
11.4 – 27.7
60
1, 2, 3
CRG–025HM
R1
DN 150
35.9 – 81.7
120
1, 2, 3
CRG–025HM
R1
DN 200
72.6 – 165.7
240
1, 2, 3
CRG–025HK
R1
DN 25
0.6 – 2.0
3.6
1
CRG–025HK
R1
DN 32
0.8 – 2.8
6
1
CRG–025HK
R1
DN 40
1.1 – 3.7
9
1
CRG–025HK
R1
DN 50
2.2 – 5.7
15
1, 2
CRG–025HK
R1
DN 65
2.7 – 6.5
24
1, 2
CRG–025HK
R1
DN 80
4.3 – 10.7
36
1, 2, 3
CRG–025HK
R1
DN 100
11.4 – 27.7
60
1, 2, 3
CRG–025HK
R1
DN 150
35.9 – 81.7
120
1, 2, 3
CRG–025HK
R1
DN 200
72.6 – 165.7
240
1, 2, 3
120 FLOW SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
ATEX switch heads ATEX switch head for VD (page 118) Technical data
A–V1 I M1 Ex ia I
wiring 0.213
wiring 0.208 diode red
II 1G Ex ia IIC T4
ATEX approved
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T135
1 2 30 V 1.5 A
3 50 W
1 2 15 V 1.5 A 28 V 1.5 A 36 V 1.5 A
Temperature
3 50 W 50 W 50 W
Media
-20 °C…+120 ºC
Ambient
-20 °C…+70 ºC
Cable
2.5 m
Technical data
A–V1
ATEX approved
II 1G Ex ia IIC T4
Part number key Type
A
-
V
1
X
Wiring 0.213 30 V
1
Wiring 0.208 15 V
2
Wiring 0.208 28 V
4
Wiring 0.208 36 V
4
ATEX switch head for UR1 (page 118) wiring 0.442
I M1 Ex ia I
Normally open
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T135
1
2
wiring 0.442
1
Part number key Type
A
-
U
2 1
Wiring 0.442
Normally closed
1
Temperature Media
-20 °C…+110 ºC
Ambient
-20 °C…+70 ºC 2.5 m
Cable
1
2
2
1 1
ATEX switch head for HD2K, HD2KO (page 117) Technical data
A–V1 I M1 Ex ia I II 1G Ex ia IIC T4
ATEX approved
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T135 Temperature Media
-20 °C…+120 ºC
Ambient
-20 °C…+70 ºC 2.5 m
Cable
Part number key Type
wiring 0.213 A
-
H
1
X
Wiring 0.213 30 V
1
Wiring 0.208 15 V
2
Wiring 0.208 28 V
4
Wiring 0.208 36 V
4
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
1 2 30 V 1.5 A
3 50 W
wiring 0.208 diode red
1 2 15 V 1.5 A 28 V 1.5 A 36 V 1.5 A
3 50 W 50 W 50 W
ATEX SWITCH HEADS 121
Flow meters Variable area
Technical data
Type UK
Air/water
Media
0.04 – 100 Nl/hr air; 0.2 – 220 l/h water
Flow range
1/8 NPT
Thread
• Full acrylic design
6 bar
Max pressure
• Full–surface print of scale
Max temp
• Brass fittings
Ambient
• Additional needle valve (option)
-20 °C…+65 ºC
Media
• Stainless steel available
-20 …+65 ºC Brass CW614N; stainless steel 1.4305 1.4301, acrylic, glass
Wetted parts
NBR
Seal
Range Part number
Thread – NPT
NI/min air
Medium
P max bar
Accuracy
UK–020GML0000
NPT 1/8
0.04 – 0.5
Air
6
±5% SEW
UK–020GML0001
NPT 1/8
0.1 – 1
Air
6
±5% SEW
UK–020GML0005
NPT 1/8
0.4 – 5
Air
6
±5% SEW
UK–020GML0025
NPT 1/8
2.5 – 25
Air
6
±5% SEW
UK–020GMW0003
NPT 1/8
0.2 – 3
Water
6
±5% SEW
UK–020GMW0006
NPT 1/8
0.5 – 6
Water
6
±5% SEW
UK–020GMW0015
NPT 1/8
1 – 15
Water
6
±5% SEW
UK–020GMW0040
NPT 1/8
4 – 40
Water
6
±5% SEW
UK–020GMW0080
NPT 1/8
10 – 80
Water
6
±5% SEW
UK–040GML0010
NPT 1/8
1.0 – 10
Air
6
±3% SEW
UK–040GML0020
NPT 1/8
2.0 – 20
Air
6
±3% SEW
UK–040GML0030
NPT 1/8
3.0 – 30
Air
6
±3% SEW
UK–040GML0050
NPT 1/8
4.0 – 50
Air
6
±3% SEW
UK–040GML00100
NPT 1/8
10.0 – 100
Air
6
±3% SEW
UK–040GMW0014
NPT 1/8
1.0 – 14
Water
6
±3% SEW
UK–040GMW0040
NPT 1/8
4.0 – 40
Water
6
±3% SEW
UK–040GMW0080
NPT 1/8
8.0 – 80
Water
6
±3% SEW
UK–040GMW0220
NPT 1/8
20.0 – 220
Water
6
±3% SEW
122 FLOW METERS
I/h water
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Flow meters Piston
Technical data
Type TZ1
Water, oil
Media
2 – 600 l/min (water)
Flow range
G 1/4 – G 3
Thread
• Horizontal installation position, measuring unit upwards
Temperature
• Mechanical operation, independent of pressure
Media
-20 °C…+90 ºC
Ambient
• Good scale resolution
-20 °C…+70 ºC Bronze RG 5/RG 6, plated; brass CW614N; stainless steel 1.4301
Wetted parts
• Wide measuring ranges
Part number
1/2 = 100 bar; 3/4…1 = 25 bar; 1¼…3 = 16 bar
Max pressure
NBR
Seal/wiper
Thread – NPT
Flow rate l/min 1–100 cSt
Max flow l/min 1–100 cSt
Max pressure bar
TZ1–008GR006
NPT 1/4
2–6
8
100
TZ1–010GR012
NPT 3/8
3 – 12
12
100
TZ1–015GR020
NPT1/2
4 – 20
20
100
TZ1–020GR040
NPT 3/4
10 – 40
40
25
TZ1–025GR060
NPT 1
10 – 60
60
25
TZ1–032GR100
NPT 1¼
10 – 100
100
16
TZ1–040GR150
NPT 1½
10 – 150
150
16
TZ1–050GR250
NPT 2
20 – 250
250
16
TZ1–065GR400
NPT 2½
30 – 400
400
16
TZ1–080GR600
NPT 3
30 – 600
600
16
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
FLOW METERS 123
Flow sensors Colorimetric
Technical data
Type LABO-F012
Water
Media
2 – 150 cm/s
Flow range
G 1/2 A compression fitting
Thread
• Low pressure loss • Optional programmable version
24 V dc
Supply voltage
4 – 20 mA, 0 – 10 V
Output
• IP67
Max pressure
• LED indication (power on)
Max temp (media)
• No moving parts
Accuracy
40 bar stainless steel fitting -20 °C…+70 °C Typical ±10% or 2 cm/s (±5% FS mounted in T-piece) Stainless steel 1.4571
Wetted parts
Part number
Output
Sensor length (mm)
P max pressure (bar)
LABO-F012-I100KN
4 – 20 mA
123
10 bar
LABO-F012-I150KN
4 – 20 mA
173
10 bar
LABO-F012-I200KN
4 – 20 mA
223
10 bar
LABO-F012-U100KN
0 – 10 V
123
10 bar
LABO-F012-U150KN
0 – 10 V
173
10 bar
LABO-F012-U200KN
0 – 10 V
223
10 bar
LABO-F012-F100KN
Frequency output max 2 kHz
123
10 bar
LABO-F012-F150KN
Frequency output max 2 kHz
173
10 bar
LABO-F012-F200KN
Frequency output max 2 kHz
223
10 bar
Rotor
Technical data
Type RR1
Water
Media
• Fully plastic design • High pulse resolution
Flow range
1.8 – 120 l/m
Thread
G 3/8 or G 1
Supply voltage
5 – 30 V DC 4 – 29 V, square signal
Output
• Good linearity
Max pressure
• Wide measuring ranges
Max temp (media)
• Viscosity up to 10 cSt
Accuracy Wetted parts
16 bar 0 °C…+60 °C ±3% PPS, PVDF, stainless steel 1.4310, iglidur X, ceramic ZrO2-TZP FKM
Seals
Part number
Thread – NPT
Max flow I/min
P max bar
Measuring I/min
Pulses/I
RRI–010GVP020V10
3/8
1.8
16
0.1 – 1.5
10200
RRI–010GVP050V10
3/8
12
16
0.2 – 10
3345
RRI–010GVP070V10
3/8
14.4
16
0.4 – 12
1755
RRI–025GVP080V10
1
36
16
2 – 30
1216
RRI–025GVP120V10
1
72
16
3 – 60
607
RRI–025GVP160V10
1
120
16
4 – 100
252
124 FLOW SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Flow sensors Vortex
Technical data
Type CF
Water
Media Flow range
• Vortex principle
Supply voltage
• No moving parts
0.9 – 150 l/min G 1/4 – G 1 female thread
Thread
10 – 30 V dc voltage output 10 V: 15 – 30 V dc Push-pull
Output
• LED power on indicator
Max pressure
• Optional outputs available
Max temp (media)
10 bar 0 °C…+60 °C Up to 50% full scale value ±1% of measured value; from 50% of full scale value; ±2% of measured value
Accuracy
Wetted parts
Brass CW614N; stainless steel 1.4571 POM, ETFE PA6T6I EPDM
Seals
Part number key Type
C
F
X
X
X
G 1/4
0
0
8
G 3/8
0
1
0
G 1/2
0
1
5
G 3/4
0
2
0
G1
0
2
5
G
X
X
X
X
X
0,9 – 15 l/mim
0
1
5
1,8 – 32 l/mim
0
3
2
3,5 – 50 l/mim
0
5
0
5,0 – 85 l/mim
0
8
5
9,0 – 150 l/mim
1
5
0
E
E
Nominal width
Process connection Female thread
G
Connection material CW614N plated
M
1.4571
K
POM
P
Body material CW614N plated
M
1.4571
K
POM GF
P
Metering range
Seal material EPDM
E
Connection for Electronics Type
E L
A
B
O
C
F
X
X
X
G 1/4
0
0
8
G 3/8
0
1
0
G 1/2
0
1
5
G 3/4
0
2
0
G1
0
2
5
X
X
S
For nominal width
Signal output 4 – 20 mA
I
0 – 10 V
U
Programming Full scale value cannot be programmed (no teaching)
N
Optional – Full scale value can be programmed (teaching possible)
P
Electrical connection For round plug connector M12 x 1, 4 pole For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
S FLOW SENSORS 125
Flow sensors Magnetic inductive
Technical data
Type MID1/LABOMID1
Media Flow range Thread
• Magnetic-inductive
Electrically conductive fluids 0.5 – 60 l/min R 1/4 – R 1
• No moving parts
Supply voltage
10 – 30 V dc voltage output 10 V: 15 – 30 V dc
• Low pressure loss
Output
NPN o.C. 400 Hz full scale value
• Compact design
Max pressure Max temp (media)
• For conductive fluids
Accuracy
• LED power indication
Wetted parts Seals
10 bar 0 °C…+60 °C (avoid frost and dew) 0.5 – 4.2% depending on filter time selected Stainless steel 1.4404 PPS FKM
Part number key Type
M
I
D
1
X
X
X
DN 8 – R 1/4
0
0
8
DN 15 – R 1/2
0
1
5
DN 25 – R 1
0
2
5
A
P
X
X
X
0.5 – 1 l/mim
0
0
1
0.50 – 10 l/mim
0
1
0
3.0– 60 l/mim
0
6
0
E
Nominal width
Process connection Male thread
A
Housing material PPS
P
Metering range
Connection for Electronics
E
Part number key Type
L
A
B
O
M
I
D
1
X
X
X
R 1/4
0
0
8
R 1/2
0
1
5
R1
0
2
5
X
X
S
For nominal width
Signal output 4 – 20 mA
I
0 – 10 V
U
Frequency output
F
Programming Full scale value cannot be programmed (no teaching)
N
Optional – Full scale value can be programmed (teaching possible)
P
Electrical connection For round plug connector M12 x 1, 4 pole
126 FLOW SENSORS
S
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Flow sensors Diaphragm
Technical data
Type LABOXF
Media 0.4 – 100 l/min
Flow range
G 1/4 – G 1
Thread
• Dynamic diaphragm • Low pressure loss
Supply voltage
• Fast response time
Output
• Modular concept
Max pressure
10 – 30 V dc at voltage output 10 V: 15 – 30 V dc 4 – 20 mA (0 – 20 on request) Plastic construction: PN 16 bar Full metal construction: PN 100 bar 0 °C…+70 °C
Max temp (media)
±
Accuracy
See selection table below
Wetted parts
FKM
Seals
Part number key Type
L
A
B
O
X
F
X
X
X
G 1/4
0
0
8
G 3/8
0
1
0
G 1/2
0
1
5
G 3/4
0
2
0
G1
0
2
5
X
X
X
X
X
X
0.4 – 6.0 l/min
0
0
6
1.0 – 15.0 l/min
0
1
5
1.0 – 25.0 l/min
0
2
5
1.0 – 50.0 l/min
0
5
0
1.0 – 80.0 l/min
0
8
0
1.0 – 100.0 l/min
1
0
0
X
S
Signal output 4 – 20 mA
I
0 – 10 V
U
For nominal width
Process connection Female thread
G
Male thread (option)
A
Connection material CW614N nickelled
M
POM
P
Stainless steel
K
Body material PPS
Q
CW614N nickelled
M
Stainless steel
K
Metering range
Seal material FKM
V
EPDM (option)
E
NBR (option)
N
Electrical connection For round plug connector M12 x 1, 4 pole
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
S
FLOW SENSORS 127
Level switches & sensors
128
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Introduction 130 Vertical mount level switches
131
Multipoint level switches
134
Continuous level sensors
135
Sidewall mount level switches
136
Level kits
138
Visual level indication/switch
139
Conductivity level switches
140
Capacitive level sensor
141
Capacitive level sensor/switches
142
Level pressure sensors (submersible)
144
Customised special items
145
Customised special items 145
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
129
Level switches & sensors Introduction to level switches and sensors
OEM Automatic offer level switches and sensors for vertical and horizontal installation with float and reed switch technology, conductive probes and capacitive probes.
Float Float technology is used in both level switch and sensor applications and is the simplest form of monitoring level in liquids. A float is equipped with one or more magnets, mounted on a stem/ guide that follows the variation of the liquid level up to a positioned electrical contact sealed inside of the stem. This can be done as a single level switch, multi point level switch with up to six floats on one stem or as a continuous level sensor where the stem has a reed chain inside.
Customised options include built in filling and suction tubes, ATEX, conditions where liquid is moving and temperature sensor or switch.
Reed chain 5 mm/step
Reed chain 10 mm/step
Sealing with resin
Conductive technology Conductive probes are used for level switching and indication. One or more electrodes (made of stainless steel and coated in a suitable coating to prevent incrustations), when immersed in a conductive liquid and powered, close an electrical circuit through the liquid i.e one probe in the water and one out.
Insulation
Coated electrode
Sensitive part
Capacitive technology Capacitive probes can be used for level switching and sensing. The sensor detects the change in capacitance that arises when the electrode is in either a liquid or a powder compared to when it is in air.
130 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Vertical mount level switches Vertical mount level switches
Technical data
Type S1. B/V/F/S
Material
Nickel plated brass/Spansil
Contact
NC or SPDT –
Seal
130 °C (depending on type)
Max temperature
G 1/8, G 1/4, G 3/8
Electrical connection
0.35 – 0.75
Specific gravity
50 bar
Max pressure
Order no.
Type
Materials
Thread
Contact
Specifc gravity
Cable length
Max temp
Max pressure
00.0002.0270
S1.B20
Nickel plated brass/spansil
G 1/8
NC
0.4
1.5 m
105°C
20 bar
00.0002.7557
S1.B20
Nickel plated brass/spansil
G 1/8
NC
0.4
3m
105°C
20 bar
00.0002.9095
S1.B20
Nickel plated brass/spansil
G 1/8
SPDT
0.4
1.5 m
105°C
20 bar
00.0002.5499
S1.B20
Nickel plated brass/spansil
G 1/8
SPDT
0.4
3m
105°C
20 bar
00.0002.0025
S1.B45
Nickel plated brass/spansil
G 1/8
NC
0.35
1.5 m
105°C
20 bar
00.0002.1402
S1.B45
Nickel plated brass/spansil
G 1/8
NC
0.35
3m
105°C
20 bar
00.0002.0185.1
S1.B45
Nickel plated brass/spansil
G 1/8
SPDT
0.35
1.5 m`
105°C
20 bar
00.0002.9096
S1.B45
Nickel plated brass/spansil
G 1/8
SPDT
0.35
3m
105°C
20 bar
00.0002.5684
S1.V49
PVC
G 3/8
NC
0.7
1.5 m
60°C
6 bar
00.0002.9097
S1.V49
PVC
G 3/8
NC
0.7
3m
60°C
6 bar
00.0002.5657
S1.V49
PVC
G 3/8
SPDT
0.7
1.5 m
60°C
6 bar
00.0002.9098
S1.V49
PVC
G 3/8
SPDT
0.7
3m
60°C
6 bar
00.0002.5461
S1.F25
PVDF
G 1/8
NC
0.65
1.5 m
130°C
6 bar
00.0002.6610
S1.F25
PVDF
G 1/8
NC
0.65
3m
130°C
6 bar
00.0002.2282.3
S1.S29
Stainless steel
G 1/8
NC
0.75
1.5 m
105°C
30 bar
00.0002.3390.2
S1.S29
Stainless steel
G 1/8
NC
0.75
3m
105°C
30 bar
00.0002.7891
S1.S29
Stainless steel
G 1/8
SPDT
0.75
1.5 m
105°C
30 bar
00.0002.9099
S1.S29
Stainless steel
G 1/8
SPDT
0.75
3m
105°C
30 bar
00.0002.0933.2
S1.S52
Stainless steel
G 1/4
NC
0.7
1.5 m
105°C
50 bar
00.0002.2329.1
S1.S52
Stainless steel
G 1/4
NC
0.7
3m
105°C
50 bar
00.0002.5914
S1.S52
Stainless steel
G 1/4
SPDT
0.7
1.5 m
105°C
50 bar
00.0002.5040
S1.S52
Stainless steel
G 1/4
SPDT
0.7
3m
105°C
50 bar
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 131
Vertical mount level switches Vertical mount level switches
Technical data
Type S1.B45
Material
Brass/spansil
Contact
NC (indepndantly wired)
Seal
• Connection: brass, aluminium, PVC • Hermetic & replaceable electrical contact • Easy mounting, threaded or flanged
Max temperature Electrical connection Specific gravity Max pressure
NBR 105°C Plug DIN 43650 0.35 20 Bar
• Degree of protection IP65
Length (L0)
Threaded G 1
Flanged 55 mm diameter
100mm
00.0002.2840
00.0002.2849.2
150mm
00.0002.2761
00.0002.3233.1
200mm
00.0002.2842
00.0002.3234.1
250mm
00.0002.2843
00.0002.3235.1
300mm
00.0002.2844
00.0002.3236.1
350mm
00.0002.2845
00.0002.3237.1
400mm
00.0002.2846
00.0002.3238.1
450mm
00.0002.2847
00.0002.2856.1
500mm
00.0002.2848
00.0002.2857.1
Threaded
Flanged
2 holes on Ø43 mm 3 holes on Ø42 mm
SPST contact B = 35 mm
132 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Vertical mount level switches Vertical mount level switches
Technical data
Type M2.B45
Material
Brass/spansil
Contact
2 x NC (common wired)
Seal Max temperature
• Connection: brass, aluminium, PVC
Electrical connection
• Easy mounting, threaded or flanged
Specific gravity
• Degree of protection IP65
Max pressure
NBR 105 °C Plug DIN 43650 0.35 20 bar
• High/low switch function
Length (L0)
Threaded G 1
Flanged 55 mm diameter
200mm
00.0002.2876
00.0002.3253.1
250mm
00.0002.2877
00.0002.3254.1
300mm
00.0002.2878
00.0002.3255.1
350mm
00.0002.2879
00.0002.3256.1
400mm
00.0002.2880
00.0002.3257.1
450mm
00.0002.2881
00.0002.2866.1
500mm
00.0002.2882
00.0002.3231.1
Threaded
Flanged
2 holes on Ø43 mm 3 holes on Ø42 mm
L0
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
L2
65
65
65
75
75
75
85
L1
165
215
265
315
365
415
465
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 133
Multipoint level switches Multipoint level switches Type M2/Multipoint O/S/V-F
• 1 – 6 floats/switch points
• 1/8" up to 2" thread options plus up to three flange options (depending on type)
• Up to 6 m long
• Five standard electrical connection options
• Up to 50 bar (depending on type)
• Selectable contact & switching options
• Up to 130 °C.(depending on type)
• Floats for specific gravities ranging from 0.35 up to 0.8
• ATEX approved versions available • Materials: PVC, polypropylene, PVDF, brass/spansil & stainless steel
Please contact us for a specification sheet
On-off level switches chart W1
W2
IP65 housing W1 max 5 terminals Ø70 W2 mas 12 terminals Ø100
Flanges
E1
S1
P1
C
CMI
Exd IP65 housing Max 12 terminals
DIN 43650 plug Max 3 terminals
IP68 cable gland Cable length L…mm
Cable or leads Cable length L…mm
Cable or leads Cable length L…mm
Ø100
Ø…
Ø4.5 mm 2 holes on Ø43 mm 3 holes on Ø42 mm
L6
Approvals
Liquid under control: .....................................................................
Yes
Specific gravity: ........................................................................... GOST-R Ex
Max pressure:..............................................................................
No Exd
Exi a
Max temperature:.........................................................................
L5
Process connection Threaded: .......................................................
Ø4.5 mm 6 holes on Ø60 mm
L4
Material Brass
L3
UNI – DIN – ANSI
L2
Flanged:.........................................................
Stainless steel AISI-316
PVC
PP
Wirings Independent contacts NO or NC (max 6 contacts) NO
NC
11
NO
NC
7
NO
NC
5
NO
NC
3
NO
NC
2
NO
NC
1
L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1
12
Independent SPDT contacts (max 4 contacts) 12
10 9
8 6
6
4 3
2
Common wired NO or NC contacts (max 6 contacts)
L4
NO
NC
L6
NO
NC
L5
NO
NC
L4
NO
NC
L3
NO
NC
L2 L1
134 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS
11 10
L3
8 7
L2
5 4
L1
2 1
Common wired SPDT contacts (max 5 contacts) 11
7
L1
PVDF
6
L5
5
L4
10 9
4
L3
1
6 5
3 2
8 7
L2
4 3
L1
2 1
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Contiuous level sensors Continuous level sensors Type LC/Linear O/S/V-F
• Potentiometric, 4 – 20 mA, 0 – 5 V, 0– 10 V outputs
• Materials: PVC, polypropylene, PVDF, brass/ spansil & stainless steel
• Up to 6 m long
• 3/8" up to 2" thread options plus up to two flange options (depending on type)
• Up to 50 bar (depending on type)
• Five standard electrical connection options
• Up to 130 °C working pressure (depending on type)
• Floats for specific gravities ranging from 0.35 up to 0.8
• ATEX approved versions available
• Optional mounted/built-in digital display (4 – 20 mA) Please contact us for a specification sheet
Continuous level sensors W1 IP65 housing Potentiometric outputs 4 –20 mA; 0 –5 V; 0 –10 V
S1 DIN 43650 IP 65 plug Potentiometric outputs
S1
P1-P2
DIN 43650 IP 65 plug 4 –20 mA; 0 –5 V; 0 –10 V output
O1
P1-P2
P1 brass cable gland IP68 P2 polyamide cable gland IP67 Potentiometric outputs
P1 brass cable gland IP68 P2 polyamide cable gland IP67 4 –20 mA; 0 –5 V; 0 –10 V output
2 holes on Ø43 mm Flanges 3 holes on Ø42 mm
Ø4.5 mm
Approvals
Liquid under control: .....................................................................
6 holes on Ø60 mm Yes
Specific gravity: ........................................................................... GOST-R Ex
Max pressure:.............................................................................. A − A1
Ø4.5 mm
OMNI electric head 4 –20 mA output with digital display
No Exd
Exi a
Max temperature:.........................................................................
Process connection Threaded: .......................................................
Flanged:.........................................................
UNI – DIN – ANSI
Material Brass L0
Stainless steel AISI-316
PVC
PP
PVDF
LM
Outputs Potentiometric output
4−20 mA output 1
1 Kohm 2
1
3
I
R R = 1KΩ ÷ 15KΩ depending on LM B
0−5/0−10 V output
2 V
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
2
4−20 mA
Max load 500 Ω, power supply 18−36 V dc 4−20 mA output with digital display
1 R
V+ (18−36 V dc)
R
3
1
V+ (18−30 V dc) R
2
0−5 V/0−10 V GND
I
3
V+ (18−30 V dc) (0) 4−20 mA GND
LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 135
Sidewall mount level switches Sidewall mount level switches
Technical data
Type S1.PML/S1.FML
Material
Polypropylene or PVDF
Contact
SPST FKM (standard)/silicone (on request)
Seal
130 °C (depending on type)
Max temperature
• Easy to install
0.6/ 0.75
Specific gravity
• Internal or external mounting
6 bar (depending on type)
Max pressure
• FKM seals • Normally open or normally closed • 4 standard cable lengths
Installing from outside
Order no.
Installing from inside
Type
Materials
Mounting
Contact
Specifc gravity
Cable length
Max temperature
Max pressure
00.0002.5675
S1.PML
Polypropylene
Internal/external
SPST
0.6
1.5 m
90 °C
3 bar
00.0002.8284
S1.PML
Polypropylene
Internal/external
SPST
0.6
3m
90 °C
3 bar
00.0002.7665
S1.PML
Polypropylene
Internal/external
SPST
0.6
5m
90 °C
3 bar
00.0002.9100
S1.PML
Polypropylene
Internal/external
SPST
0.6
10 m
90 °C
3 bar
00.0002.8790
S1.FML
PVDF
Internal/external
SPST
0.75
1.5 m
130 °C
6 bar
00.0002.5910
S1.FML
PVDF
Internal/external
SPST
0.75
3m
130 °C
6 bar
00.0002.7719
S1.FML
PVDF
Internal/external
SPST
0.75
5m
130 °C
6 bar
00.0002.9119
S1.FML
PVDF
Internal/external
SPST
0.75
10 m
130 °C
6 bar
For quantities over 500 pieces please contact us
Sidewall mount level switches
Technical data
Type SML
Material
Stainless steel
Contact
SPST/SPDT (depending on type) FKM
Seal
110 °C
Max temperature
• Simple installation
0.67
Specific gravity
• NO/NC or changeover
30 bar
Max pressure
• FKM seals • Optional ATEX versions availablew Order no.
Type
Materials
Mounting
Contact
Specifc gravity
Cable length
Max temperature
Max pressure
00.0002.9101
SML
Stainless steel
Internal
SPST
0.67
1.5 m
110 °C
30 bar
00.0002.9102
SML
Stainless steel
Internal
SPST
0.67
3m
110 °C
30 bar
00.0002.9103
SML
Stainless steel
Internal
SPDT
0.67
1.5 m
110 °C
30 bar
00.0002.9104
SML
Stainless steel
Internal
SPDT
0.67
3m
110 °C
30 bar
136 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Sidewall mount level switches Sidewall mount level switches
Technical data
Type B77/S50
Material
Brass/spansil or stainless steel
Mounting
External 180 °C (depending on type)
Max temperature
• Switchhead replaceable without removal
0.4/ 0.7 (depending on type)
Specific gravity
25 bar (depending on type)
Max pressure
• Adjustable stem length • PG9 cable gland outlet • G1 thread
B77 type C
B77 type D Order no.
Type
Materials (wetted parts)
Mounting
Contact
Specifc gravity
Max temperature
Max pressure
00.0002.6735
B77
Natural brass/spansil
External
SPDT/1 microswitch
0.4
120 °C
10 bar
00.0002.5442
B77
Natural brass/spansil
External
SPDT/1 microswitch
0.4
120 °C
10 bar
00.0002.5595
B77
Natural brass/spansil
External
SPDT/2 microswitches
0.4
120 °C
10 bar
00.0002.5345
B77
Natural brass/spansil
External
SPDT/2 microswitches
0.4
120 °C
10 bar
00.0002.7910
B77
Natural brass/spansil
External
SPDT/1 microswitch
0.4
120 °C
10 bar
00.0002.6765
B77
Natural brass/spansil
External
SPDT/1 microswitch
0.4
120 °C
10 bar
00.0002.5191
B77
Natural brass/spansil
External
SPDT/2 microswitches
0.4
120 °C
10 bar
00.0002.5392
B77
Natural brass/spansil
External
SPDT/2 microswitches
0.4
120 °C
10 bar
Order no.
Type
Materials (wetted parts)
Mounting
Contact
Specifc gravity
Max temperature
Max pressure
00.0002.5711
S50
Stainless steel
External
SPDT/1 microswitch
0.7
180 °C
25 bar
00.0002.8052
S50
Stainless steel
External
SPDT/1 microswitch
0.7
180 °C
25 bar
00.0002.2755.3
S50
Stainless steel
External
SPDT/2 microswitches
0.7
180 °C
25 bar
00.0002.3376.1
S50
Stainless steel
External
SPDT/2 microswitches
0.7
180 °C
25 bar
00.0002.5051
S50
Stainless steel
External
SPDT/1 microswitch
0.7
180 °C
25 bar
00.0002.5185
S50
Stainless steel
External
SPDT/1 microswitch
0.7
180 °C
25 bar
00.0002.3130.2
S50
Stainless steel
External
SPDT/2 microswitches
0.7
180 °C
25 bar
00.0002.5035
S50
Stainless steel
External
SPDT/2 microswitches
0.7
180 °C
25 bar
S50 type C
S50 type D
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 137
Level kits Level kits
Technical data
Type Kit.S1
Material
Brass/spansil
Contact
SPST NBR
Seal
105 °C
Max temperature
• Single switchpoint • G1 Thread or 55mm flange connection • Three standard stem lengths
Plug DIN 43650
Electrical connection
0.35
Specific gravity
20 bar
Max pressure
• Normally open or normally closed
Order no.
Item
00.0002.3320
G1 thread
00.0002.2889.1
Flange
500 mm stem
00.1020.0204
1000 mm stem
00.1020.0205
1500 mm stem
00.1020.0206
Level kits
Technical data
Type R1
Material
Brass/spansil/stainless steel
Contact
SPST
Seal
NBR
Max temperature
• Single switchpoint • Switching done in the head not at the float • Ideal for liquids with ferrous particles
Electrical connection Specific gravity Max pressure
105 °C Plug DIN 43650 0.4 10 bar
• Two standard stem lengths (can be cut to required length/switchpoint) • Normally open or normally closed
Length
Threaded G1
Flanged 55 mm diameter
500 mm
00.0002.4057
00.0002.4472
1000 mm
00.0002.4332
00.0002.9060
See page 146 for stem length/switchpoint table
138 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Visual level/indication switch Visual level indication/switch
Technical data
Type ILV & ILC
Material
Anodized aluminium/acrylic/brass/polypropylene (ILC)
Contact
2 x SPST (L1 normally open/L2 normally closed)
Seal Max temperature
• Double tube design
Electrical connection
• Twelve standard lengths
Connection
• Pmax 2 bar
NBR 80 °C Micro DIN 2 x M12
• Switching version avaiable
ILV
ILC
Length
Visual
Visual plus 2 x SPST
127 mm
00.0016.0032
00.0016.0065
254 mm
00.0016.0037
00.0016.0055
300 mm
00.0016.0033
00.0016.0053
350 mm
00.0016.0042
00.0016.0066
400 mm
00.0016.0020
00.0016.0067
450 mm
00.0016.0035
00.0016.0068
500 mm
00.0016.0027
00.0016.0069
600 mm
00.0016.0024
00.0016.0070
700 mm
00.0016.0058
00.0016.0071
800 mm
00.0016.0061
00.0016.0072
900 mm
00.0016.0045
00.0016.0073
1000 mm
00.0016.0041
00.0016.0074
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 139
Conductivity level switches Conductive probe
Technical data
Type SLP
Materials
Body – Polypropylene; electrodes – Kynar 100 °C
Max temperature
Plug DIN 43650
Electrical connection
• 1 – 4 electrodes • Optional coatings available
Connection
3/8 up to 1-1/2 (depending on type 6 Bar
Max pressure
• Epoxy resin sealed • Optional process connection materials • 500 mm – 2000 mm electrode lengths
Order no.
Number of electrodes
Electrode Length
Thread
00.0008.0098
1
500 mm
G 3/8
00.0008.0115
1
1000 mm
G 3/8
00.0008.0187
1
1500 mm
G 3/8
00.0008.0188
1
2000 mm
G 3/8
00.0008.0101
1
500 mm
G 1/2
00.0008.0189
1
1000 mm
G 1/2
00.0008.0138
1
1500 mm
G 1/2
00.0008.0190
1
2000 mm
G 1/2
00.0008.0054
2
500 mm
G 1/2
00.0008.0087
2
1000 mm
G 1/2
00.0008.0135
2
1500 mm
G 1/2
00.0008.0191
2
2000 mm
G 1/2
00.0008.0053
3
500 mm
G1
00.0008.0059
3
1000 mm
G1
00.0008.0100
3
1500 mm
G1
00.0008.0140
3
2000 mm
G1
00.0008.0055
4
500 mm
G 1½
00.0008.0057
4
1000 mm
G 1½
00.0008.0137
4
1500 mm
G 1½
00.0008.0130
4
2000 mm
G 1½
Signal amplifier Type VNR.2100/2200
Technical data Supply
24/230 V ac
Contact
VNR.2100 1 x SPDT & VNR.2200 2 x SPDT
Sensitivity
• One or two channel versions • Relay output
10 – 250 μs (0 – 10 μs on request) -20 °C…+50 °C
Temperature range
ABS
Housing
• Adjustable sensitivity • LED indication
Type
Order no.
VNR.2100 (1 x SPDT)
00.0007.0107
VNR.2200 (2 x SPDT)
00.0007.0111
140 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Capacitive level switches Capacitive probe Type SCV
Technical data 12 – 35 Vdc
Power supply Active (ON)
Output (NPN)
Brass (AISI-316 on request)
Materials
• No moving parts • PTFE coated electrode • Hermetic construction, polyurethane resin • Minimum degree of protection IP65
De-active (Off)
1/4 & 1/2; NPT conical
Thread Activation delay Differential
4 seconds
1 – 10 seconds on request
3 mm
from 0 – 5 mm on request Cu-Zn alloy
Electrode
PTFE
Electrode coating
Mounting Switch point
Vertical L0 – 10 ± 2 mm
Horizontal on the axis of the probe
50 mm, 90 mm; max 1000 on request
Length Electrical connection
DIN 43650 plug M12 x 1, 4 poles IP65
Max. pressure (bar)
50
Media temperature
-30 °C…+125 °C
Use – type of liquid
H2O and conductive liquids Oil and non conductive liquids
Contact us for further information 0116 284 9900
Analogue converter Type VLC.01
Technical data 8 – 36 V dc
Supply Input signal
3 wires potentiometric 4 – 20 mA
Analogue output
• Rugged construction • No calibration required • DIN rail mounting
1W
Consumption Sensor supply voltage
2.5 V dc stabilised -20 °C…+50 °C
Temperature range Housing
Polycarbonate, DIN rail mounting IP40
Protection class
Type VLC.01 24DC 4-20 mA IP40
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Part number 00.0007.0029.1
LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 141
Capacitive level sensor/switch Capacitive level sensor/switch
Technical data
Type UNICON-CL
14 – 30 V dc, 2-wire
Supply voltage
0 – 100 mm up to max 3000mm
Measuring range
0.5% of the measuring value
Accuracy
• LCD display
4 – 20 mA 2-wire
Output
• Programmable set points
Process connection
G 3/4 A
• For conductive liquids
Media temperature
0 °C…60 °C or -10 °C…+120 °C (140 °C <1h)
• Horizontal or vertical display options
Process pressure
0…16 bar
• No moving parts in liquid
Process material
PTFE with aluminium core, sealing FDA conform stainless steel 1.4404 400 kHz
Radiated frequency
04
>50 μS
Conductivity medium
01
Part number key Type
U
N
I
C
O
N
C
L
X
X
X
Case horizontal
0
1
Case vertical (cable glands at the backside)
0
4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Without option
0
0
2nd cable gland M20 x 1.5
1
1
Model Output 4 – 20 mA for level, 2 electronic alarm outputs As above but additional temperature measurement, for temperature compensation of the probe output 4 – 20 mA for temperature Mounting type
1 2
Sensor (M = minimal immersion depth) Single sensor for metal tannks min 20 mm (M)
1
Single snesor for plastic tanks min 60 mm (M)
2
As 2 but reference electrode Hastelloy, for acids and lye’s
4
Medium temperature 0…60 °C
1
-10…+120 °C
2
Process connection G 3/4 Mounting length (please state in mm) Standard 500, 800, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 Options
142 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Capacitive level sensor/switch Capacitive level sensor/switch
Technical data
Type LCC1
18 – 30 V dc (controlled)
Supply voltage
30 mm (others available on request)
Measuring range
• Level sensor and switch • LED indication
Accuacy
±1.5 mm
Output
4 – 20 mA or 0 – 10 V
Process connection
3 hole flange or G 1
• Programmable
Media temperature
-20 °C…+85 °C
• Different oils recognition
Max pressure
5 bar
Wetted parts Housing
CW614N nickelled
O-ring
FKM (EPDM)
Sensor
FR4, epoxy resin + fibreglass, gold-plated Cu
Potting
Bectron PK 4342
Part number key Type
L
C
C
1
A
1
2
6
1
2
6
6
5
6
5
V
X
X
X
X
S
Form Bracket form (side mounting)
A
Installation length 126 mm (only with installation height 56) Installation height 65 mm (others available on request) Seal FKM
V
Output signal 4 – 20 mA
I
0 – 10 V
U
Switching function Minimum switch
L
Maximum switch
H
Programming Cannot be programmed (no teaching)
N
Programmable (teaching possible)
P
Switching output level Standard
O
Inverted
I
Electrical connection For round plug connector M12 x 1, 4 pole
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
S
LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 143
Level pressure sensor (submersible) Level pressure sensors (submersible)
PR3441
Technical data
Type PR34XX
Supply voltage
Submersible black polyurethane moulded to housing SAE 316L SS housing & diaphragm, polyurethane cable & nitrile NBR O ring seal
Cable material
• Optional ATEX approved version
PR3442
13 – 36 V dc
Output
• 0 – 1 mWG up to 0 – 500 mWg
PR3420 4 – 20 mA (2-wire)
Wetted parts
• Sludge platform version
Flexible nylon sheath 303 or 316L SS housing, alumina diaphragm, nylon over-tube & nitrile O ring seal
Submersible black polyurethane moulded to housing SAE 316L SS housing & diaphragm, & polyurethane cable
Temperature range Media
Media must not freeze around the sensor
Ambient
-20 °C…+60 °C ±0.3% FS
Accuracy
PR3441 PR3442
PR3420
Part number key Type
P
R
3
X
X
X
∅ 25 mm
4
4
1
With sludge platform
4
2
0
∅ 16 mm
4
4
2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0…1 mWG (PR3420 & PR3441 only)
0
0
0
1
0…5 mWG (PR3420, PR3441 only)
0
0
0
5
0…10 mWG (PR3420, PR3441 only)
0
0
1
0
0…50 mWG
0
0
5
0
0…100 mWG
0
1
0
0
0…250 mWG
0
2
5
0
0…500 mWG
0
5
0
0
Protective nose cone (PR3441, PR3442 only)
A
X
G 1/4 (PR3441 only)
A
B
Sludge platform
A
Y
X
X
X
0
1
0
Output 4 – 20 mA
Electrical connection/option No special option required ATEX/IECEx certified (PR3420 & PR3441 only)
EX
Pressure range bar
Process connection
Cable length Example: 010 = 10 meters (max 500 meters)
144 PRESSURE SENSORS
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Level switches Customised special items
Multi-level switch equipped with integrated connections system for filling and suction of the working liquid in the process.
Metering and/or control of a liquid moving level with severe working conditions where a rugged mechanical construction is required.
Minimum level control device, with integrated air vent and hose connections for suction and filling of the fuel in the flat tanks.
Pendant float switches Float level switches for all kinds of applications including pumping stations and sewage applications. Various float types available including teardrop and hockey puck style along with cable options such as PVC and H07RN. For further information contact OEM Automatic on 0116 284 9900
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
LEVEL SWITCHES 145
Technical reference Specific gravities
R1 level kit dimensions (page 138)
Product
°C
Sg Kg/dm3
L1
Acetone
20
0.79
Switch point
LT
LT
=1
= 0.8
Alcohols: commercial
15
0.81
160
145
161
Alcohols: without water
15
0.79
180
166
181
Aniline
0
1.04
200
187
202
207
223
Benzene
0
0.90
220
Bromine
0
3.19
240
228
243
Carbonic acid
0
0.94
260
249
264
Coal tar
15
1.1÷1.26
280
270
284
Ether
15
0.79
300
290
305
Gasoline
15
0.68÷0.72
320
311
326
Glycerine free water
0
1.26
340
332
346
Glycerine-water 50%
0
1.13
360
353
367
Hydrochloric acid 10%
15
1.05
380
373
388
Hydrochloric acid 20%
15
1.10
400
394
408
Hydrochloric acid 30%
15
1.15
420
415
429
436
450
Hydrochloric acid 40%
15
1.20
440
Milk
15
1.030
460
457
470
Naphtha
20
0.76
480
477
491
Nitric acid 17%
15
1.10
500
498
512
Nitric acid 25%
15
1.15
520
519
532
Nitric acid 47%
15
1.30
540
540
553
Nitric acid 94%
15
1.50
560
560
573
Oils: Diesel oil
15
0.79÷0.82
580
581
594
Oils: Linseed
15
0.94
600
602
615
Oils: Mineral
20
0.91
620
623
635
Oils: Mineral lubricating
20
0.90÷0.93
640
643
656
Oils: Olive
15
0.92
660
664
677
Oils: Rapeseed
15
0.97
680
685
697
Oils: Turpentine
15
0.87
700
706
718
Potassium hydroxide 11% KOH
15
1.10
720
727
739
Potassium hydroxide 21% KOH
15
1.20
740
747
759
Potassium hydroxide 31% KOH
15
1.30
760
768
780
Potassium hydroxide 49% KOH
15
1.50
780
789
801
Potassium hydroxide 63% KOH
15
1.70
800
810
821
830
842
Salt water
4
1.026
820
Sodium chloride – NaCl 14%
15
1.10
840
851
862
Sodium chloride – NaCl 26%
15
1.20
860
872
883
Sodium hydroxide 9% NaOH
15
1.10
880
893
904
Sodium hydroxide 18% NaOH
15
1.20
900
913
924
Sodium hydroxide 27% NaOH
15
1.30
920
934
945
Sodium hydroxide 37% NaOH
15
1.40
940
955
966
Sodium hydroxide 47% NaOH
15
1.50
960
976
986
Sulphuric acid 27%
15
1.20
980
996
1007
Sulphuric acid 50%
15
1.40
1000
1017
1028
Sulphuric acid 7.5%
15
1.05
Sulphuric acid 87%
15
1.80
Sulphuric fuming acid (Oleum)
15
1.89
Water distilled
0
0.99987
Water distilled
4
1.00000
Water distilled
15
0.99913
Water distilled
25
0.99707
146 LEVEL SWITCHES
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Technical reference
Brass
Cast iron
Steel
Stainless steel AISI 316
Methacrylate
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
PP Polypropylene
PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene
PVDF Polyvinylidene
SPANSIL Butadiene acrylonitrile
(Legend – 1 = Very good; 2 = Good; 3 = Poor; 4 = Not compatible; – = No information)
Aluminium
Chemical compatibility guide
Acetic acid
2
4
4
4
2
4
4
2
1
1
2
Acetic acid < 10%
2
4
4
4
2
1
4
2
1
1
2
Acetone
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
1
1
2
4
Acetylene
1
4
1
1
1
4
1
–
1
–
1
Aluminium sulphate
3
4
4
4
2
4
2
1
1
1
1
Copper chloride
3
4
4
4
4
1
2
1
1
1
1
Copper sulphate >5%
3
4
4
4
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
Diesel fuel
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Distilled water
1
4
4
4
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
Engine oil
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
Ether
1
1
2
1
1
4
4
4
1
1
1
Ethyl alcohol
2
2
2
2
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
Ethylene glycol (antifreeze)
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
Ferric chloride
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
1
1
1
1
Formaldehyde (Formalin)
1
2
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
1
2
Fuel oils
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
–
2
Gasoline (unleaded)
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
Glucose
1
–
2
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
Hydraulic oil (mineral)
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
Hydraulic oil (synthetic)
1
2
4
1
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
Hydrochloric acid < 33%
4
4
–
–
4
3
2
1
1
1
3
Hydrofluoric acid 100%
4
4
–
–
2
4
4
3
1
–
4
Hydrofluoric acid 50%
4
4
–
–
4
4
4
1
1
1
3
Hydrogen peroxide 10%
1
4
4
4
2
4
2
1
1
1
2
Isopropyl alcohol
2
2
2
2
2
1
3
1
1
1
2
Kerosene
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
Liquid ammonia
2
4
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
2
Liquid soaps
3
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
LPG - Liquid propane gas
1
3
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
Methyl alcohol
2
2
3
3
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
Mineral water
1
3
3
3
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
Naphtha
1
2
2
2
1
3
2
2
2
–
3
Nickel chloride
4
4
4
4
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
Olive oil
4
2
4
4
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
Phenol (Carbolic acid)
1
3
4
4
2
4
3
2
1
1
4
Phosphoric acid < 40%
4
3
4
4
3
2
3
1
1
2
4
Phosphoric acid > 40%
4
4
2
2
1
4
3
1
1
1
3
Propyl alcohol
1
2
2
2
1
2
3
1
1
1
2
Resins
1
1
3
3
1
4
2
1
1
–
–
Sea-water
3
3
4
4
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
Sodium bicarbonate
3
4
3
3
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
Sodium bisulphate 10%
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Sodium carbonate (Soda)
4
4
2
2
1
4
2
1
1
2
1
Sodium chloride
4
4
3
3
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
Sodium hydroxide (10%)
4
4
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
–
Sodium hydroxide (50%)
4
4
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
–
Sodium hypochlorite (100%)
4
4
4
4
3
1
2
3
1
–
3
Sodium hypochlorite (12,5%)
4
4
4
4
3
1
2
3
1
1
3
Solvents for paints
1
2
3
3
1
4
4
4
1
2
4
Sulphuric acid (10-75%)
4
4
–
–
4
1
4
1
1
1
3
Sulphuric acid (75-100%)
4
4
–
–
4
1
4
3
1
1
4
Sulphuric acid 100%
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
4
1
–
4
Synthetic detergents
2
2
2
–
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Toluene ( methyl-benzene)
1
4
1
1
1
4
4
3
1
1
3
Trichloroethylene
1
2
3
2
2
4
4
–
1
1
4
Urea
4
4
4
4
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
Substance
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
LEVEL SWITCHES 147
Technical reference Flow rates To convert flows of
into
multiply by
Reciprocal
Imp. pint/hr
ml/min
9.471
0.1056
Imp. Gal/min
m3/hr
0.2728
3.666
U.S. Gal/min
m3/hr
0.2271
4.403
Cu. Ft/min
m3/hr
1.699
0.5886
Litres/min
m3/hr
0.06
16.67
Litres/sec
m3/hr
3.6
0.278
To convert flows of
into
multiply by
Reciprocal
Imp. pint
Litres
0.56826
1.7598
Cubic feet
Litres
28.316
0.035315
Cubic Centimetre
Millilitres
0.999973
1.000027
Cubic Inch
Millilitres
16.387
0.061024
Cubic metre
Litres
1000
0.001
Mass + volume
Ingress Protection IP codes First numeral
(IEC/EN 60529)
Second numeral
SOLID BODIES
LIQUIDS
No protection
0
0
No protection
Objects greater than 50 mm
1
1
Vertically dripping water
Objects greater than 12 mm
2
2
Angled dripping water (up to 15%)
Objects greater than 2.5 mm
3
3
Sprayed water
Objects greater than 1 mm
4
4
Splashed water
Dust protected
5
5
Water jets
Dust tight
6
6
Powerful water jets
7
Temporary immersion (between 15 cm â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1 m)
8
Continuous immersion
Example: IP65 equipment is dust-tight and protected against water jets
148 TECHNICAL REFERENCE
9K
Water under strong pressure directed against case from all directions
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Technical reference Materials Stainless steel No.
DIN
VA
AISI
BS
NF
SIS
EN
1.4122
X 35 CrMo 17-1
2
-
-
-
-
X39CrMo17
1.4300
X 12 CrNi 18 8
2
302
302 S 25
-
-
-
1.4301
X 5 CrNi 18 10
2
304
304 S 31
Z 7 CN 18-09
2332/33
X5CrNi18-10
1.4305
X 10 CrNiS 18 9
2
303
303 S 22
Z 8 CNF 18-09
2346
X8CrNiS18-9
1.4310
X 12 CrNi 17 7
2
301
301 S 22
Z 12 CN 18-08
2331
X10CrNi18-8
1.4401
X 5 CrNiMo 17 12 2
-
316
316 S 31
Z 7 CND 17-11-02
2347
X5CrNiMo17-12-2
1.4404
X 2 CrNiMo 17 12 2
4
316 L
316 S 11
Z 3 CND 17-11-02
2348
X2CrNiMo17-12-2
1.4408
G-X 6 CrNiMo 18 10
-
-
-
-
-
GX5CrNiMo 19-11-2
1.4410
G-X 10 CrNiMo 18 9
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.4435
X 2 CrNiMo 18 14 3
-
316 L
316 S 11
Z 3 CND 17-12-03
2353
X2CrNiMo18-14-3
1.4436
X 5 CrNiMo 17 13 3
4
316
316 S 33
Z 6 CND 18-12-03
2343
X3CrNiMo17-13-3
1.4462
X 2 CrNiMoN 22 5 3
-
S 31803
318 S 13
Z 3 CND 22-05 Az
2377
X2CrNiMoN22-5-3
1.4541
X 6 CrNiTi 18 10
2
321
321 S 31
Z 6 CNT 18-12
2337
X6CrNiTi18-10
1.4571
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
4
316 Ti
320 S 18
Z 6 CNDT 17-12
2360
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
Brass No.
DIN
MS
BS
NFA
UNS
EN
2.0230
CuZn10
Ms90
CZ 101
L CuZn10
C 21000
CuZn10 - CW 501 L
2.0321
CuZn37
Ms63
CZ 108
L CuZn36
C 27200
CuZn37 - CW 508 L
2.0360
CuZn40
Ms60
CZ 109
L CuZn40
C 28000
CuZn40 - CW 509 L
2.0380
CuZn39Pb2
Ms59
CZ 120
N CuZn39Pb2
C 37000
CuZn39Pb2 - CW 612 N
2.0402
CuZn40Pb2
Ms58
CZ 122
N CuZn40Pb2
C 38000
CuZn40Pb2 - CW 617 N
Plastic ABS
acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene
PA
polyamide
PC
polycarbonate
POM
polyoxymethylene
PP
polypropylene
PS
polystyrene
PTFE
polytetrafluoroethylene
PVC
polyvinyl chloride
PVDF
polyvinylidene fluoride
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
TECHNICAL REFERENCE 149
Technical reference Pressure psi
atms.
Ft.Hd. H2O at 20°C
in H2O
Kg/cm2
Metres H2O
in.Hg. at 20°C
mm.Hg.
bar
Millibar (mbar)
kPa
1
0.0680
2.310
27.720
0.0700
0.704
2.043
51.884
0.0690
68.947
6.895
14.696
1
33.659
407.513
1.0330
10.351
30.019
762.480
1.0130
1013.0
101.325
0.433
0.0290
1
12.000
0.0300
0.305
0.884
22.452
0.0300
29.837
2.984
0.036
0.0025
0.833
1
0.0025
0.025
0.074
1.871
0.0025
2.486
0.249
14.233
0.9680
32.867
394.408
1
10.018
29.054
737.959
0.9810
980.662
98.066
1.422
0.0970
3.287
39.370
0.0990
1
2.905
73.796
0.0980
98.066
9.807
0.489
0.0330
1.131
13.575
0.0340
0.345
1
25.400
0.0340
33.753
3.375
0.019
0.0013
0.045
0.534
0.0014
0.0136
0.039
1
0.0010
1.329
0.133
14.503
0.9870
33.514
402.164
1.0200
10.2110
29.625
752.470
1
1000.0
100.00
0.014
0.0009
0.033
0.402
0.0010
0.0102
0.029
0.752
0.001
1
0.100
0.145
0.0098
0.335
4.021
0.0100
0.1020
0.296
7.525
0.010
10.000
1
Temperature
ºC = (ºF - 32) 1.8
ºF = x 1.8 ºC + 32
ºC
ºF
ºC
ºF
ºC
ºF
ºC
ºF
-40
-40
0
32
30
86
100
212
-38
-36.4
1
33.8
31
87.8
105
221
-36
-32.8
2
35.6
32
89.6
110
230
-34
-29.2
3
37.4
33
91.4
115
239
-32
-25.6
4
39.2
34
93.2
120
248
-30
-22.0
5
41.0
35
95.0
125
257
-28
-18.4
6
42.8
36
96.8
130
266
-26
-14.8
7
44.6
37
98.6
135
275
-24
-11.2
8
46.4
38
100.4
140
284
-22
-7.6
9
48.2
39
102.2
145
293
-20
-4.0
10
50.00
40
104.0
150
302
-19
-2.2
11
51.8
41
105.8
155
311
-18
-0.4
12
53.6
42
107.6
160
320
-17
1.4
13
55.4
43
109.4
165
329
-16
3.2
14
57.2
44
111.2
170
338
-15
5.0
15
59.0
45
113.0
175
347
-14
6.8
16
60.8
46
114.8
180
356
-13
8.6
17
62.6
47
116.6
185
365
-12
10.4
18
64.4
48
118.4
190
374
-11
12.2
19
66.2
49
120.2
195
383
-10
14.0
20
68.0
50
122.0
200
392
-9
15.8
21
69.8
55
131.0
205
401
-8
17.6
22
71.6
60
140.0
210
410
-7
19.4
23
73.4
65
149.0
215
419
-6
21.2
24
75.2
70
158.0
220
428
-5
23.0
25
77.0
75
167.0
225
437
-4
24.8
26
78.8
80
176.0
230
446
-3
26.6
27
80.6
85
185.0
235
455
-2
28.4
28
82.4
90
194
240
464
-1
30.2
29
84.2
95
203.0
245
473
150 TECHNICAL REFERENCE
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
Technical reference
Putting safety first in explosive environments
Our range of Ex certified pressure transmitters have both ATEX and IECEx approval. ATEX is an EU Directive (94/9/EC) that ensures products are safe to use in explosive environments.
Hazardous areas are classified into zones (0, 1, 2 for gas-vapour-mist and 20, 21, 22 for dust) The zones are determined by the type of combustible material present, the length of time it is present, and the physical construction of the area where such material is present. Zone 0 or 20 are those areas where ignitable or flammable concentrations of combustible gases or dusts exist continuously or for long periods of time. Zone 1 or 21 are those areas where ignitable or flammable concentrations of combustible gases or dusts are likely to or frequently exist during normal operations. Zone 2 or 22 are those areas where ignitable or flammable concentrations of combustible gases or dusts are not likely to occur during normal operations or will exist for only a brief period of time.
2 1 Gas
0
Dust
20 21 22
Zone 0 and 20 require Category I marked equipment Zone I and 21 require Category I or 2 marked equipment Zone 2 and 22 require Category I , 2, or 3 marked equipment. Zone 0 and 20 are the zones with the highest risk of an explosive atmosphere being present.
For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk
TECHNICAL REFERENCE 151
OEM-AUTOMATIC LIMITED (“OEM”) GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE (“the Conditions”) 1. DEFINITIONS In these Conditions: ”Buyer” means the party with whom OEM contracts; ”Contract” means the contract made between OEM and the Buyer for supply of the Goods which are subject to these Conditions; ”Goods” means all or any of the goods works and materials to be supplied by OEM; ”Act of Insolvency” means any one or more of the following namely the passing of a resolution or the presentation of a petition for winding-up, bankruptcy or for the appointment of an administrator, the appointment of a receiver and/or manager or administrative receiver over the whole or any part of the Buyer’s undertaking and assets, the making of a proposal for a voluntary arrangement within the Insolvency Act 1986 or of a proposal for any other composition scheme or arrangement with or the calling by the Buyer of any meeting of its creditors generally, the levying of execution or distress or diligence on any of its assets, the failure to pay its proper debts as and when due and anything analogous to any of the foregoing under the law of the jurisdiction where the Buyer is established. 2. CONSTRUCTION OF CONTRACT (1) These Conditions shall apply to all contracts of sale between OEM and the Buyer. (2) The terms of the Contract shall consist of the particulars set out in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement and these Conditions. Any term in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement which is at variance with these Conditions shall prevail over these Conditions, which shall be construed accordingly, except with regard to price in respect of which condition 5 (2) shall prevail. (3) No other terms (whether contained in any document issued by the Buyer or in any written or oral communication between the parties) shall apply to the Contract nor shall these Conditions or the particulars contained in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement be modified without OEM’s written agreement. OEM shall be entitled to amend technical specifications of the Goods without notice. (4) In order that these Conditions and the particulars in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement shall be a complete record of the agreement between the parties with regard to the sale of the Goods, the Buyer must ensure that any pre-contractual representation on which the Buyer wishes to rely has been specified in those particulars. In entering into the Contract, the Buyer does not rely upon any such representation made by or on behalf of OEM which has not been so specified. 3. OUOTATIONS AND ORDERS (1) Unless accepted before lapse or withdrawal, or renewed in writing by OEM, quotations shall lapse automatically after 30 days, but maybe withdrawn earlier. (2) Quotations are information only and are not firm offers. There shall be no binding contract until OEM has accepted the Buyer’s order by despatching OEM’s official Acknowledgement of Order or invoice 4. DELIVERY (1) Although OEM wiII endeavour to deliver Goods within any delivery time specified in OEM’s Acknowledgement of Order, that time is an estimate only and not a term of the Contract and as such, time shall not be of the essence. OEM shall not be liable for any failure to meet any such estimate, nor for any loss, of whatsoever nature resulting directly or indirectly therefrom. (2) Any such time specified shall be extended by any period during which the manufacture or delivery of the Goods or other work by OEM in connection with the Contract is delayed due to fire, explosion, flood, storm, tempest, sabotage, strikes (official and unofficial), riot, invasion, acts of war, shortage of labour, power or materials, civil commotion, accidents, plant breakdowns, compliance with an order of an apparently competent authority, and any other event beyond OEM’s control. (3) If any such delivery time is so extended by more than 90 days the Buyer shall be entitled to give written notice to OEM requiring the Goods to be delivered within 30 days of the date of such notice failing which the Buyer shall have the right to give further written notice terminating the contract forthwith. (4) OEM shall be entitled to deliver the Goods by instalments and/or in advance of the estimated date. Each delivery shall constitute a separate contract to which these Conditions shall apply. Failure by OEM to deliver any one or more of the instalments or any claim by the Buyer in respect of any one or more instalments shall not entitle the Buyer to treat the Contract as a whole as repudiated. (5) In the case of United Kingdom and Overseas customers, unless otherwise stated, OEM will deliver to the Buyer’s premises and will charge separately for packing, carriage and handling. (6) The delivery by OEM of a greater or lesser quantity provided for in the Contract, the delivery of other goods not provided for in the Contract, or the delivery of Goods only some of which are defective, shall not entitle the Buyer to reject all of the Goods delivered. In order that OEM can comply with its carrier’s conditions, a claim in respect of error in quantity or type of Goods in respect of the condition of the Goods delivered must be made in writing to OEM within 3 days or to the carrier and OEM within 5 days of receipt. Failure to make such claim shall constitute unqualified acceptance of the Goods and waiver by the Buyer of all claims relating to error in quantity or type of Goods delivered or relating to the condition of Goods delivered. Similarly, if any Goods invoiced by OEM are not received by the Buyer, the Buyer must notify OEM within 25 days or the carrier and OEM within 28 days of the date of invoice, failing which the Buyer will be liable to pay for the Goods in full. (7) OEM shall at its option make good any non-delivery short delivery or damage of Goods notified in accordance with Condition 4(6) by repair or replacement of such Goods and save as provided in this Condition shall not be liable for any such non-delivery short delivery or damage in transit nor for any loss, financial or otherwise resulting directly or indirectly therefrom. In no event shall OEM be liable to the Buyer in connection with any damage or loss in transit where delivery takes place at OEM’s premises. (8) If the Buyer fails to take delivery of or collect the Goods or fails to give OEM adequate delivery instructions after notification by OEM that the Goods are ready OEM may (without prejudice to its other rights and remedies): store the Goods (on its own or any third party’s premises) and charge the Buyer for its reasonable costs (including without limitation VAT costs of storage, carriage and insurance); and/or sell the Goods at any time and after deducting all costs and expenses account to the Buyer for any excess over the price already paid under the Contract or charge the Buyer for any shortfall between the Contract price and such costs and expenses. (9) All returnable containers and packing materials will be charged for, but credit will be given if these are returned in condition satisfactory to OEM, to OEM’s works carriage paid within thirty days following delivery of the relevant Goods. 5. PROPERTY AND RISK (1) The risk in the Goods shall pass to the Buyer upon despatch of the Goods from OEM’s warehouse. (2) Notwithstanding delivery and the passing of risk, property in and title to the Goods shall remain in OEM until OEM has received payment of all sums owing to OEM under the Contract and any other contract with the Buyer whatsoever. (3) Until property in and title to the Goods passes to the Buyer: the Buyer shall keep the Goods properly stored, protected and insured and separate from all or any other goods whether belonging to OEM, the Buyer, or any third party; OEM shall be entitled at any time forthwith to revoke the Buyer’s power to deal with the Goods; and it shall automatically cease if the Buyer shall commit or be subject to any Act of Insolvency; and the Buyer shall not make any modification to the Goods or their packaging or alter remove or tamper with any marks, numbers or other means of identification used on or in relation to the Goods. Upon termination of the Buyer’s power to deal with the Goods, the Buyer shall place the Goods at the disposal of OEM and OEM and its servants and agents are hereby irrevocably authorised without the need for consent of any third party but using only such force as may be necessary, to enter upon any premises of the Buyer or any third party for the purpose of removing the Goods. (4) If any of the foregoing provisions of this Condition shall be invalid or unenforceable such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining provisions. 6. PRICES (1) Unless otherwise stated in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement, prices for the Goods shall be ex-works, and shall be exclusive of VAT, packing, carriage, insurance, and any other costs, all of which shall be the subject of additional charges. VAT shall be charged where appropriate at the rate prevailing at the relevant tax point. (2) Any price quoted by the Company is based upon costs current as the date of quotation. The price charged to the Customer under the Contract may be changed to take account of costs current at the date of invoice. Such changes may include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in rates of currency where the Goods or any part thereof, are sourced from third countries. 7. PAYMENT (1) Subject to prior written agreement to the contrary, OEM shall be entitled to invoice the Buyer for the price of the Goods on or at any time after OEM has notified the Buyer that the Goods are ready for collection or OEM has tendered delivery of the Goods. (2) If OEM has granted the Buyer monthly account credit facilities, then payment of the price must be made within 30 days of the date of Invoice. Otherwise payment must be in cash prior to delivery. Payment shall be made direct to OEM in the currency invoiced. The Buyer shall not be entitled to exercise
any right of set-off against payment due to OEM. (3) OEM shall be entitled to charge daily interest on any overdue sum at the rate of 5 per cent annum above the base lending rate for the time being of Lloyds TSB Bank plc from the due date for payment to the actual date of payment (both before and after judgment). (4) Where payment is agreed to be made by instalments, any delay or default by the Buyer in making payment in respect of any one instalment shall render all the remaining instalments due forthwith, and interest will be charged in accordance with condition 7(3) with immediate effect until the date of actual payment. (5) OEM may appropriate any payment made by the Buyer to such of the Goods (or the goods supplied under any other contract between OEM and the Buyer) as OEM may think fit (notwithstanding any purported appropriation by the Buyer). 8 WARRANTIES AND EXEMPTIONS (1) If under proper use the goods develop any defect during the warranty period due to defective articles or materials supplied OEM shall at its own expense and option replace or repair such goods as are defective so as to remedy the defects except where such defects are attributable to accident, fair wear and tear, or any act omission or neglect of the buyer or of its agents. The Buyer must give OEM notice of any alleged defects as soon as it becomes apparent, and shall (unless otherwise instructed by OEM) retain the goods at the Buyer’s premises for inspection by OEM and give OEM adequate facilities to investigate the complaint at the Buyer’s premises. The “warranty period” shall mean the period specified in OEM’S order acknowledgement as the warranty period and if no such period is specified, then a period of 12 months from the date of delivery of the goods. (2) Except as expressly stated above there shall be excluded from the contract any warranty, condition or statement, express or implied, statutory or otherwise, as to satisfactory quality, and/or fitness of the goods for any particular purpose. (3) OEM shall not be liable to the Buyer in contract tort (including without limitation negligence) and/ or breach of statutory duty for any loss or damage which the Buyer may suffer by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default (including negligence) in the performance of the Contract by OEM its servants or agents, [in a sum which is greater than the Contract price]. (4) OEM shall not be liable to the Buyer in contract tort (including without limitation negligence) and/or breach of statutory duty for any loss of profits loss of goodwill loss of contracts and/or any indirect or consequential (including economic) loss of any kind including loss of profits and/or loss of production which the Buyer may suffer by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default (including negligence) in the performance of the Contract by OEM, its servants or agents. (5) Provided that nothing in this Condition shall operate so as to exclude OEM’s non-excludable liability in respect of death or personal injury caused by the negligence of OEM its servants or agents; to affect the statutory rights of the Buyer where Goods are sold to a Buyer dealing as a consumer within the meaning of Unfair Contract Terms Act; or to exclude the application of Section 12 of the Sale of Goods Act 1979 or to exclude liability for fraudulent misrepresentation. (6) OEM reserves the right not to accept goods for credit or replacement from the Buyer that are not accompanied and clearly marked with a returned materials authorisation (rma) number that has been previously agreed with and issued by OEM. An RMA number shall remain open and valid for 30 days from date of issue by OEM. If OEM have failed to receive the goods to which the rma number relate within this period then OEM reserve the right to cancel the rma. The risk and the property in the goods remains with the Buyer unless otherwise notified by OEM. OEM will not accept returned goods that clearly show signs of physical damage to external packaging where it is possible that damage to the goods may have occurred as a result. The Buyer shall be responsible for the carriage costs of the returned goods unless otherwise agreed in writing by OEM. 9. INSOLVENCY AND DEFAULT (1) Without prejudice to any rights and remedies available to it, OEM shall be entitled, forthwith on written notice to the Buyer either to terminate the Contract in whole or in part and/or any other contract with the Buyer or to withhold performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract and/or any other contract with the Buyer (and on the giving of such notice all monies outstanding from the Buyer to OEM shall become immediately due and payable) if:- (i) any sum owing to OEM from the Buyer on any account whatsoever shall be unpaid after the due date for payment (in which event OEM shall have a general lien for any such sum on all and any property of the Buyer in its possession); or (ii) the Buyer shall commit or be subject to any Act of Insolvency; or (iii) the Buyer shall commit any breach of any contract (including without limitation the Contract) with OEM. (2) In the event of a suspension of performance OEM shall be entitled, as a condition of resuming performance, to require pre-payment, or such security as it may require. 10. EXPORT TERMS (1) Any term or expression which is defined in the provisions of Incoterms 2000 (or any subsequent revision thereof) shall import the respective obligations of Buyer and Seller into these Conditions, but in the event of conflict these Conditions shall prevail. (2) Where the Goods are supplied for export from the United Kingdom, the provisions of this clause 10 shall (subject to any special terms agreed in writing between OEM and the Buyer) apply not withstanding any other provision of these Conditions. (3) Unless otherwise agreed in writing between OEM and the Buyer, the Goods shall be delivered ExWorks and OEM shall be under no obligation to give notice under section 32(3) of the Sale of Goods Act 1979. (4) The Buyer shall be responsible for arranging for testing and inspection of the Goods at OEM’s premises before shipment. OEM shall have no liability for any claim in respect of any defect in the Goods which would be apparent on testing or inspection and which is made after shipment, or in respect of any damage during transit. 11. CANCELLATION The Contract may be cancelled in whole or in part by the Buyer only with OEM’s written consent and upon the condition that the Buyer shall indemnify OEM in full against all loss, damages, costs expenses and other liabilities awarded against or incurred by OEM as a result of or in connection with the cancellation. 12. GENERAL (1) It shall be the responsibility of the Buyer to ensure that all requirements applicable to the Contract, whether statutory, regulatory, municipal and/or otherwise howsoever, (including without limitation any relating to the importation or use of the Goods in the country of destination and for the payment of duties thereon) are duly complied with. It shall be a condition precedent to the performance by OEM of its obligations under the Contract that all necessary licences, permits and consents shall have been obtained by the Buyer. (2) Neither party shall have any liability for any failure to perform or for any delay in the performance (other than as to payment) of any of its obligations under the Contract caused by any factor beyond its reasonable control. (3) No failure or delay on the part of OEM to exercise any of its rights under the Contract shall operate as a waiver of nor shall any waiver by OEM of any breach by the Buyer of any of its obligations under the Contract affect the rights of OEM in the event of any further or continuing breach. (4) The Contract is personal to the Buyer, who shall not assign or in any way part with the benefit without OEM’s prior written consent. (5) Each and every obligation contained in these Conditions shall be treated as a separate obligation and shall be severally enforceable as such notwithstanding the non- enforceability of any other such obligation. (6) The Conditions and the Contract shall not create or evidence, or be deemed to create or evidence, any agency or partnership between OEM on the one hand and the Buyer or any third party on the other. (7) Any notice required to be given in writing under the Contract shall be given, where possible, by facsimile transmission and otherwise by first class post addressed to the registered office of the party for which it is intended, or to such other address as may be notified in writing in accordance herewith for the purpose, and shall be deemed to have been received, in the case of a facsimile transmission, upon transmission and, in the case of a letter, forty-eight hours after posting. In proving service by letter, it shall be sufficient to show that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and stamped and duly posted. (8) The Contract shall be governed by English Law. (9) The parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts, save in the case of a Buyer who has no assets within the jurisdiction of the English Courts and who is established in a country which will not enforce the judgement of the English Courts. In those circumstances OEM may if it chooses refer any disputes arising out of the Contract to arbitration under the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce, such arbitration to take place in London. CARRIAGE AND HANDLING CHARGES Please enquire.